高中英语语法全解

名词
现在我们就从名词开始。名词的功能强大，应用广泛，是组成句子的主要成分。比如student, dog , pen 等这些是可数名词，还有water, air 这样的不可数名词。我们就从可数名词的单数变复数学起吧。
1.In the _______ we can see that the heroes and the Negroes are eating tomatoes.
A. photos B. Negroes C. tomatoes D. heroes
名词变为复数时，一般要在词尾加上s或es. 但以o结尾的词一般加es;以f,fe结尾的名词一般变为ves.
heroes Negroes tomatoes potatoes shelves wolves
radios pianos photos zoos gulfs chiefs beliefs roofs proofs
这些是例外。radios pianos photos zoos gulfs chiefs beliefs roofs proofs这些词都是直接加s。可数名词单数变复数的情况有很多，应记住
下面这句话包含了我们目前学过的词中以o结尾，并加es变成复数的词。
A Negro hero is eating tomatoes in the potato fields.
一个黑人英雄在吐豆地里吃西红柿。
2.The farmer raises many__________ in his farm.
A. deers B. sheeps C. oxes D. chickens
1,man—men foot—feet tooth—teeth
2,sheep deer works means Chinese Japanese
3,child—children mouse—mice phenomenon—phenomena ox—oxen
类似的还有mouse—mice phenomenon—phenomena oz—oxen等。
3.It’s interesting that we have two________ in our class.
A. Maries B. Marys C. Mary’s D. Marys’
辅音加y结尾的人名或地名变复数时，y不变，直接加s.
4.The two ________ are both my _________ .
A. men servant, son-in-law B. men servants, sons-in-laws
C. men servants, sons-in-law D. man servants, son-in-laws
复合名词变成复数时，要把复合名词的中心词变为复数；如果没有中心词，就在最后加s ；由man和woman修饰的词，前后都变成复数。
也就是说manservant的复数是合成词的两部分都变成复数，也就是menservants.而son-in-law“女婿”这个合成词应该是以son为中心的，所以是sons-in-law.
passers-by a go –between woman-doctor women-doctors
5.One day Crusoe walked along_________ towards his boat.
A. the sand B.the sands C sand D sands
物质名词和抽象名词是不可数名词，一般只用单数形式，像sand这个词表示“沙子”时就是不可数名词，但当它们表示不同类别或不同意义时也可以用复数。比如sands就表示“沙滩”，所以这道题应该选B
物质名词和抽象名词是不可数名词，一般只用单形式，但当它们表示不类别或不同意义时也可以用复数。
比如work，既表示工作，也表示一位作家所创作的全部著作。
waters大片的水域，海域
6.I met_________ in the street yesterday.They look happy.
A. the Mr.Smith B. Mr.Smith C. the Smith’s D. the Smiths
专有名词一般只用单数，变复数时有不同的意义。在姓氏后面直接加s则表示这一家人。
7.We called at_________ yesterday.
A. my uncle B. my uncle’s C. my uncles’ D. a friend of my uncle
有生命的名词后面加“’s”可以表示所有关系，’s也可用于表示店铺，教堂的名字或某人的家，’s还可以表示时间，距离，国家等名词的所有关系。
比如my uncle’s 就表示我叔叔的家。the barber’s 就是理发店。
另外，’s还可以用于表示时间，距离，国家等名词的所有关系。比如：today’s newpaper three hours’ drive China’s popvlation.
如果两个名词并列，各自带有’s就表示“分别有”，如果只在后一个词上有’s则表示“共有”。
John’s and Mary’s rooms. 约翰的房间和玛莉的房间。（两个房间）
John and Mary’s room. 约翰和玛莉共有的房间（一个房间）
除了’s表示所属关系以外，遇到无生命的名词，一般用of短语表示　所有，比如：the title of the song.
双重所有格的用法。
8.Mr.Smith is _________.
A. a friend of my father B. a friend of fathers
C.the friend of my father’s D. a friend of my ftther’s
所谓双重所有格就是用of短语＋所有格的一种表示法，在双重所有格中，作of 宾语的名词必须是人，而且是特指;双重所有格所修饰的名词不和the连用，但可以和数词，不定冠词，有定代词或表示词连用。
two patients of doctor’s 这位大夫的两个病人。
any student of the teacher’s　　这位老师的任意一个学生。
this watch of my brother’s　　我哥哥的这块表。
这三个短语就分别用到了数词two，不定代词any 和指示代词this与双重所有格所修饰的名词连用。
下面是名词作定语的用法。
9.Julie went to the ________ to buy a pair of shoes.
A. shoes store B. shoe store C. shoe’s store D. shoes’store
名词作定语时，通常以单数形式出现，如：tooth brush, stone bridge,即使是通常以复数形式出现的名词也是如此，比如题目中的shoe store,或者trouser pockets.
sports meet customs officer goods train a five-mile walk a thirty-pound note
有些名词，如：sports, goods, customs, arms, saving和accounts等，在作定语时，仍用复数形式。如：sports meet, customs officer, goods train, savings bank等。
1, ________ run faster than sheep.
A. Deer B. Dog C. The dog D. Cow
2.In America_________ are living a happy life.
A. child B. childs C. children D. childrens
3.Tony’s trousers are worn out. Buy him another _________ ,will you?
A. set B. pair C. one D. trousers
4.This year the farmers were just able to gather in the ________ before a bad weather came.
A. fields B. plants C. seeds D. harvest
5. He dropped the _________ and broke it.
A. coffee cup B.cup C. coffee’s cup D. cup for coffee
6，People cheered when the Chinese_______ volleyball team won.
A. woman B. women C. woman’s D. women’s
7, The_________ were searching for the _______.
A. policeman,thieves B. policemen,thiefs C. police,thieves D. police,thiefs
8. How far away is it your home to school?
It’s about _________ walk.
A. half an hours B. half an hours’ C a half and an hour D. half an hour’s D
9,________ turn green in sping.
A. Leaf B. Leafs C. Leave D. leaves
10.Among the visitors are four ________.
.A. woman chemists B. women chemists C. women chemist D. woman chemist
11，__________ are sold in the newly opened store.
A. Woman and child’s shoes B. Women and children shoes
C.Women’s and children’s shoes D. Women’s and child’s shoes
12，He gained his________ by printing________ of famous writers.
A. wealth work B. wealths works C. wealths work D. wealth works
13．Some movies for ____are not suitable for children.
A. grown-ups B. growns-up C. grown-ups D. grown-up
14．I was invited to the dinner at _______ last Sunday.
A. Turners B. the Turners C. Turner’s D. the Turner’s
15. I bought my daughter ________ at a _________ shop.
A. a piece of clothes, tall’s B. a new clothing, tallor’s
C. an article of clothing, tallor D. a plece of clothing, tallor’s

例题答案：1-5ADBCB 6-9DBDB
趣味练习：1-5ACBDA 6-10 DCDDB 11-15 CDCDD
4. D对。意为“收成”，和动词gather in 搭配，表示“收割庄稼”。.
5.A对。名词修饰名词。
7.C对。police为集合名词，表复数。thief变复数应将f换ves.
10B 两词都需复数。由man 和woman修饰的名词变复数时两个都变成复数。
11.C对。名词复数的所有格形式，且表示他们各自的鞋。
12.D对。works此句中作“艺术品”讲所以用复数。
13.C对。没有主体名词的复合词在最后一个词的词尾加s，变成复数。
15.D对。a piece of 意为“一块”，a tailor’s shop意为“裁缝店”。
名词与冠词练习
【能力技巧拓展】
1. In , you must do your best to make the party .
A. a word ;success B. a word ; a success
C. one word ;successes D. words ;successes
2. If the company wants to fire me, they have to give me three moths’ .
A. notice B. advice C. information D. message
3. —Hello, Tom, where were you last night ? — .
A. At Brown’s B. To the Brown’s C. To Brown’s D. At the Brown’s
4. In America, laws have been designed to guard against underage .
A. job B. employer C. employment D. employee
5. See what you have done !Don’t you have a of right or wrong ?
A. feeling B. thought C. sense D. knowledge
6. I cannot give you for the type of car you sell because there is no demand for it in the market.
A. an expense B. a charge C. a pay D. an order
7. of Country-Western singers may be related to old English ballads.
A. The music B. Music C. Their music D. Musics
8. He has bought vegetables and meat.
A. a great deal of B. a large number of C. a good many D. a large quantity of
9. Mike is the best in the class, but he got a B in the composition test.
A. grade B. degree C. size D. class
10. Don’t expect to succeed without taking .
A. pains B. a pain C. any pain D. pain
11. Her name was on the of my tongue, but I just couldn’t remember.
A. edge B. tip C. end D. point
12. There is always for improvement however much you have already done.
A. room B. place C. area D. time
13. It is generally believed that an M. B. A degree is good preparation for a career（事业）in
.
A. a business B. business C. businesses D. one business
14. Unemployment compensation is money to support an unemployed person while he or she is looking for .
A. works B. a work C. job D. a job
15. His in coming to Winnipeg was to visit the exhibition held by the government there.
A. object B. chance C. condition D. possibility
16. What he told us about the affair simply doesn’t make any .
A. sense B. idea C. meaning D. mistake
17. came of his success abroad, which filled the parents’ hearts with .
A. Word ;pride B. Words ;pride C. A word ;prides D. The word ;pride
18. You can’t afford to let the situation get worse, You must take to put it right.
A. decisions B. directions C. sides D. steps
19. Hitler set out to conquer（征服）all of Europe in the belief that the Germans were the master .
A. race B. human C. blood D. brains
20. —I’m going skating in the mountains tomorrow.
—Oh, really ? Have !
A. a fun B. the fun C. lots of funs D. fun
21. I couldn’t make out what they were saying, for they spoke to me .
A. right away B. all the time C. in all D. at once
22. Now the machine runs at double .
A. a speed B. speed C. the speed D. for speed
23. —This is room I told you before. —I see. Isn’t it bright one ?
A. the ;a B. a ;a C. the ;the D. a ;the
24. Towards evening cold rain began to fall.
A. the ;a B. / ;a C. an ;the D. the ;/
25. Charles Oakley, NBA All-star, hasn’t missed game in three years.
A. an ;a ;/ B. a ;a ;the C. the ;/ ;the D. a ;the ;/
26. He came in in the 400-metre race.
A. seconds B. the second C. a second D. second
27. What fine weather we are having these days.
A. a B. an C. the D. /
28. most of us like to drink beer, but those who drink most are least healthy.
A. The ;the ;the B. The ;/ ;the C. / ;the ;the D. / ;/ ;/
29. twenty-fifth of December is Christmas Day.
A. The ;a B. The ;the C. A ;the D. The ;/
30. He was elected chairman of the sports meet.
A. the B. a C. as D. /
【高考试题演练】
1. She is newcomer to chemistry but she has already made some important discoveries. (NMET94)
A. the ;the B. the ;/ C. a ;/ D. a ;the
2. Here’s my card. Let’s keep in . (NMET94)
A. touch B. relation C. connection D. friendship
3. Wouldn’t it be wonderful world if all nations lived in peace with one another ? (NMET94)
A. a ;/ B. the ;/ C. a ;the D. the ;the
4. He gained his by printing of famous writers. (NMET95)
A. wealth ;work B. wealths ;works
C. wealths ;work D. wealth ;works
5. I’ll look into the matter as soon as possible. Just have a little . (NMET96)
A. wait B. time C. patience D. rest
6. Many people agree that knowledge of English is a must in international trade today. (NMET96)
A. a ;/ B. the ;an C. the ;the D. / ;the
7. —Have you seen pen ? I left it here this morning.
—Is it black one ? I think I saw it somewhere. (NMET97)
A. a ;the B. the ;the C. the ;a D. a ;a
8. If by any chance someone comes to see me, ask them to leave a .
A. message B. letter C. sentence D. notice
9. If I had , I’d visit Europe, stopping at all the small interesting places. (NMET98)
A. a long enough holiday B. an enough long holiday
C. a holiday enough long D. a long holiday enough
10. You’ll find this map of great in helping you to get round London.
A. price B. cost C. value D. usefulness.
11. Paper money was in use in China when Marco Polo visited the country in
thirteenth century.
A. the ;/ B. the ;the C. / ;the D. / ;/
12. Most animals have little connection with animals of different kind unless they kill them for food. (NMET2000)
A. the ;a B. / ;a C. the ;the D. / ;the
13. Mr Smith, there’s a man at front door who says he has news for you of great importance. (NMET2001春季)
A. the ;不填 B. the ;the C. 不填；不填 D. 不填；the
14. The cakes are delicious, He’d like to third one because second is rather too small. (NMET2002上海春季)
A. a, a B. the, the C. a, the D. the, a
15. For the sake of her daughter’s health, she decided to move to a warm . (NMET2002上海春季)
A. weather B. temperature C. season D. climate
16. I saw Bob play the piano at John’s party and on that he was simply brilliant. (NMET2002上海春季)
A. scene B. circumstance C. occasion D. situation
17. It can’t a(n) that four jewelry stores were robbed in one night. (NMET2002上海春季)
A. coincidence B. accident C. incident D. chance
18. I don’t like talking on telephone ;I prefer writing letters.
A. a ;the B. the ;不填 C. the ;the D. a ;不填
参考答案：
【能力技巧拓展】
BAACC DADAA BABDA AADAD DCABA DDCDD
【高考试题演练】
CAADC ADDAAC CBACD CAB
时态
When he arried at the airport,my father found that he left his ticket in the officee. (错)
我爸到了机场才发现他把机票落在办公室了。
这句话的时态有些错误。想想“把机票落在办公室”发生在前呢，还是“你爸发现这事”发生在前？
这句话中应该是“把机票落在办公室”发生在前了。从句应该用过去完成时。
应改为When he arrived at the airport,my father found that he had left his ticket in the office.正确
1.I will go home for vacation as soon as I ________ my exams.
A.will finish B.finish C.am finishing D.finished
这是由as soon as 引导的时间状语从句。
在时间和条件状语从句中，谓语动词用一般现在时代替一般将来时。
也就是说虽然完成考试还是没有发生的事，但是这是时间状语从句，所以要用一般现在时代替将来时。但是要注意，will作为情态动词表示“愿意”的时候，可以出现在时间或条件状语从句中。比如：If you will come to our party tomorrow, we’ll be happy.
如果你明天愿意参加我们的晚会，我们会很高兴的。
2.Here __________ the bus! Hurry up!
A.is coming B.come C.comes D.has come
一些表示起始或结束等意义的动词，用在一般现在时中可以表示将来的意义。
come就属于这种动词吧。
这样的动词还有：begin(开始) beave(离开) arrive(达到) start(出发) return(返回)，而且他们经常用来表示按规定或计划将要发生的事。
比如：The next term begins on 3rd,September.下学期九月三日开学。
还有刚才那个句子。Here comes the bus!还可以换种方法表示为The bus is coming!
刚才说到的那些动词也可以用现在进行时表示将要发生的动作，这里它们常和表示将来的时间状语连用。
也就是说我们学了两种用一般现在时代代替将来时的情况，一种现在进行时代替将来时的情况。
He is leaving for Shanghai tomorrow.
3.He _________ these silly queations.I’m tired of that.
A.always ask B.is always asking C.is always asked D.asks always
现在进行时与always, continually, constantly等副词连用，表示反复或经常出现的动作。
比如这道题的意思是说他总是问一些愚蠢的问题，表示了一种厌烦的情绪。
再比如：He is constantly leaving his things about.他总是乱扔东西。
原来时态还可以表达感彩。
4.He ______ on a new shirt now.
A.is having B.has C.has had D.had
英语中有一些表示状态，结果或心理活动的词不能用于进行时态，短语have on 就是其中之一。所以这道题只能选B。
这样的词还有很多，而且属于不同的类型。比如表示状态的belong to(属于)，表示心理活动的love(爱)，瞬间动词complete(完成)，感官动词hear(听到)。等等。
也就是说进行时态的用法，它除了表示正在进行的意义之外，还可以表示将来，表达感彩，另外还有些词语不能用于进行时态。
现在我们就复习一下将来时吧。将来时一般以什么样的形式出现。
可以用will+动词原形，也可以用be going to的形式表达。
那它们之间有什么区别呢。下面我们一起来看一看。
5.Next year my little sister_______ ten years old.
A.is going to be B.is to be C.shall be D.will be
在比较正规的英语用法里，不含主观因素的将来时用will表示，含主观因素的将来时用be going to表示.
就拿这道题来说吧，明年我妹妹十岁了，这是主观决定不了的，属于客观现象，所以就不能用be going to,而应该用will be.
还有一点区别，当它们表示的将来时都含有主页因素时，be going to 表示事先经过考虑的打算，而will表示意愿和决心，两者不能互换。
一个是打算，一个是决心。
比如：I have bought some bricks and I am going to build a kitchen with them.
我买了些砖，我要用它们盖个厨房。这句话就表示明确的打算和意图，最好不用will替换。
而表示意愿和决心的有，比如：有人需要帮忙，于是他问：Can somebody help me?谁能帮我？然后你主动说：I will.我来帮你。表示你愿意帮忙，就不能说成I am going to.
也就是说它们之间主要有两点区别，一个是主观和客观，一个是打算和意愿。
不过表示将来时态的形式也不止这两种。比如：
6.When________ we to hand in our exercise book?
A.shall B.are C.have D.will
这句话的意思是问“我们什么时候该交练习册？”
用be to do还未将来时表示“责任、义务、意图、约定、命令、安排等”
我们明天下午要去机场接他。We are to meet him at the airport tomorrow afternoon.
另外还有一种表示将来的短语。它是be about to do.表示“即将做某事”。
它和be to do的不同在于：通常be about to do不和表示将来的时间状语连用，而且它表示即刻就要民生的动作。比如：The film is about to begin.表示：电影马上就要开始了。
我们一共学了以下几种表示将来是的方法：
有will 和be going to 还可以用be to do和be about to do表示。还有一些动词的进行时可以表示将来时。
下面我们复习一下完成时的用法。
7.The price_______ ,but I doubt whether it will remain so.
A.went down B.will to down C.has gone down D.was going down
使用现在完成时，最主要的一点就是，动作虽然发生在过去，但是这个动作一下持续到现在，且对现在有影响，而过去时只是单纯讲述一件发生在过去的事情。
也就是说在这道题里“物价一直在下降”，已经持续了一段时间了。所以应选C。
完成进的用法基本可以总结为四点，就是表示“继续，经验，完成，结果”
先说“继续”，比如：I have studied English for six years.我学习英语有六年了。用完成时表示动作开始于过去，持续到现在，而且也可能会继续持续下去，就是我们刚才说的“继续”的用法了。
再比如：I have lived here for ten years.我住在这里已经十年了。
这是经验。
I have been to the Great wall many times.我已经去过长城很多次了。
这是“完成”
现在完成时，顾名思义，它可以表示一件事情已经做完了。比如：I have just finished my homework.我刚刚做完作业。
最后就是用现在完成时表示“结果”，这种用法并不多，而且它不需要时间状语来表示。
比如: I have lost my watch .我的手表丢了。
这是现在完成时的基本用法。在此基础上，我们再来学习它的一些其它用法吧。
8.The film________ for 10 minutes.
A.has been on B.had been on C.has begun D.had begun
现在完成时肯定句中，非延续性动词通常不能用于表示“继续”的句子中，即不能和for,since等引导的时间状语连用。
比如这道题吧，它要表达的意思是“电影开始十分钟了”，可是begin是非延续性动词，也就是通常说的瞬间动词，它不能和表示时间的时间状语连用，所以要换成和begin相对应的状态动词，be on“上演”来表示。
如果一定要用begin表示，就只能用过去时态了，可以说：The film began 10 minutes ago.
不过，在现在完成时的否定句中，却是可以用瞬间动词表示“继续”的，比如我们不能说：I have seen him for a week.但却可以说：I haven’t seen him for a week.
还有下面这些词也属于这一类。leave(离开) buy(买) die(死亡) marry(结婚)
如果遇到for时间状语，可以把这些动词换成状态词。比如：leave对应的状态词是be away,buy变成have had,die转换成be dead,marry变成be married.
比如：他结婚已经20年了。He has been married for 20 years.
9.I ________ to telephone a friend in New York for the last two hours but the line is still engaged.
A.tried B.have been trying C.had been trying D.had tried
强调动作还未结束，还要继续下去时，要使用现在完成进行时，而不能用现在完成时，以避免被误认为动作已全面结束。
这道题应该用现在完成进行时，have been trying 它用来表示“从过去某时开始，一直继续到目前的动作。”
I have lived here for ten years.或继续，或完成。这句话可以理解为你现在和以后还要继续住在这里，也可以是当你搬家离开这里时说的话，表示动作完成了。
I have been living here for ten years.继续。这句话是强调动作还将要持续就要用现在完成进行时表示。
比如： I have been studying English for six years.就是强调我现在在学，以后会继续学。
这就是现在完成时和现在完成进行时的区别。英语的时态共有16种，我们也不能每一种都讲的很细致，其实他们的用法也是有些共性的。
比如过去将来时和过去完成时。这两种时态都可以称为相对时态，它们都要与过去相对比、相比较而存在。过去完成时动作发生在过去的过去，过去将来时发生在过去的未来。在使用时它们经常出现在主从复合句中。
比如：
He said that he had finished reading the interesting novel and would lend it to me.
也就是说要借给我“lend it to me”这个动作发生在说“said”之后，所以用过去将来时。
说到主从复合句，我们要注意时态呼应的问题。
比如：
10.I can’t find my dictionary .I wonder whether Mary________ it now.
A.has B.is having C.had D.uses
主句谓语动词是现在时或将来时态，从句谓语动词可用任何所需要的时态。
在这个主从复合名中，主句I wonder是一般现在时，那么从句里的时态如何确定就是我们所谓的“时态呼应”问题了。题里这个例子比较简单，主句谓语动词是现在时或将来时态，从句谓语动词可用任何所需要的时态。
这句话直接根据句子的意思判断就可以了。这句话是说：我想知道玛莉是不是有用我的字典，强调动作正在进行，所以就用is having
比如：He says he is a teacher.He says he was a teacher.He says he will be a teacher.这三句话分别表示了他现在是个老师，过去是个老师，和将来将会成为一名老师三个意思，用的时态不同意思也就不一样了。
那如果主句是过去时呢？主句谓语动词是过去时态时，从句谓语一般用属于过去时态范畴的时态。比如：
11.Upon arriving home ,the girl discovered that she_______ her key at her friend’s.
A.left B.had left C.forgot D.had forgot
这道题主句谓语动词是过去时态，而且从句谓语动词动作发生在主句谓语之前时，从句谓语要用过去完成时态。
12.Mr.Smith wondered whether his guest _______ the museum the next afternoon.
A.will visit B.visited C.has visited D.would visit
这个是说主句谓语是过去时态，从句谓语动作发生于主句谓语动作之后，从句谓语用过去将来时。
做时态题最主要的一点就是看动作发生的先后关系。假如主句谓语动词是过去时态，从句谓语和主句谓语动作同时发生时，常用一般过去时或过去进行时表示。
比如昨天你打电话给你的同学，问他在做什么，他告诉你他在看电视。这最后列句话就应该是：He told me he was watching TV.如果主句谓语动词是过去时态，但从句谓语不强调一个完成在先的动作，且有具体时间状语，仍可用一般过去时。
比如：他说他的祖父在1960年去世了。He told me that his grandfather died in 1960.
13.It was not until then that we knew that knowledge_______ from practice.
A.came B.comes C.come D.would come
主句谓语动词是过去时态，从句内容表示的是真理或不变的客观事实，仍用一般现在时态表示。
比如：知识来源于实践Knowledge comes from practice.就是真理，所以用一般现在时。
时态专项训练
1, Don’t use the W.C. until the train________ the station.
A.leaves B.has left C.will leave D.is leaving
2, After he________ my temperature ,my doctor listened to my chest.
A.taked B.has taken C.had taken D.was taking
3, We would like to go and thank him ourselves,but we_________ out his address yet.
A.haven’t found B.hadn’t found C.didn’t find D.don’t find
4, What ________ you _________ when I called you last night?
A.have;done B.were;doing C.will;do D.are;doing
5, Turn on the television or open a magazine and you ________ advertisements.
A.see often B.often see C.will often see D.have often seen
6, The sun will burn you if you _________ take a hat with you.
A.don’t B.haven’t C.aren’t D.didn’t
7, When their first child was born,they ________ for 3 years.
A.had married B.got married C.had been married D.had got married
8, I ________ you some other day;right now I am too busy.
A.will see B.saw C.see D.would see
9, I think I ________ that tall man before.
A.met B.have met C.have been met D.had met
10, Mary _________ a dress when she cut her finger.
A.made B.is making C.was making D.makes
11, He said that he _________ come out to dinner with me.
A.will B.had C.was D.would
12, ----Will you go to the museum tomorrow?
----I will if I ________ no visitors.
A.have B.will have C.shall have D.am having
13, It won’t be long before such a thing _________ again.
A.will happen B.happens C.happened D.had happened
14, Nancy said that she ________ to the supermarket before coming home.
A.went B.has gone C.had gone D.goes
15, The volleyball match will be put off if it __________ .
A.will rain B.rains C.rained D.is raining
16, I _________ in Guanghan for 5 years by this October.
A.have lived B.was living C.will be living D.shall have lived
17, Before long ,he ________ all about the matter.
A.will have fprgotten B.will forget C.will have been forgotten D.will be forgetting
18, He will come to call on you the moment he _________ his work.
A.will finish B.finishes C.had fineshed D.finished
19, The ________ look on his face suggested that he _________ that.
A.surprising;hadn’t expected B.surprised;hadn’t expected
C.surprising;would expect D.wurprised;shouldn’t expect
20, She _________ for 6 years by the time she takes the college entrance examination.
A.had been studying English B.will have been studying English
C.studied English D.studies English
21, We ___________ for Beijing tonight.
A.are starting B.starts C.started D.will have started
22, Nancy is not coming tonight.But she _________ !
A.promises B.promised C.will promise D.had promised
23, Shirley ________ a book about China last year but I don’t know whether she has finished it.
A.has written B.wrote C.had written D.was writing
24, The price _________ ,but I doubt whether it will remain so.
A.went down B.will go down C.has gone down D.was going down
25, She thought that _______ the craziest thing she ________ so far.
A.is,has heard B.was,had hear C.was,had heard D.was,has heard
26, It is the third time you _______ late this week.
A.had arrived B.arrived C.have arrived D.arrive
27, When I got there,the meeting ________ for 10 minutes.
A.had been on B.has been on C.has begun D.had begun
28, It __________ since yesterday.It is still snowing.
A.has snowed B.had snowed C.snowed D.has been snowing
29, When ________ we to hard in our exercise book?
A.shall B.are C.have D.will
30, He _________ these silly questions.I’m tired of that.
A.always ask B.is always asking C.is always asked D.asks always
讲解答案：BCBBD 6-10 BCABB 11-13 BDB
专项训练答案：1-15ACABC ACABC DABCB 16-30 DBBBB ABDCC CADBB
A对。主句是祈使句的条件状语从句中的动词应该用一般现在时。
C对。量体温的动作发生在listen to my chest之前，因此可以用过去完成时。
A对。强调动作对现在的影响，要用现在完成时。
B对。这里强调某一个时间点发生的行为，应该用进行时；从last night可以看出时间在过去，因此这里要用过去进行时。C错。动作不是发生在将来，不能用将来时态。
C对。在“祈使句+and+将来的句子”中祈使句相当于由if引导的条件句。D错。这里强调一个经常发生的动作，不是强调动作对现在的影响，因此不能用现在完成时。
A对。条件状语从句中，主句是将来时，从句要用一般现在时。C错。语法错误，系动词后不能跟一个动词原形。
C对。be married在这里指状态，且发生在was born这个动作之前，因此用过去完成时。
A对。从时间状语some other day和后半句的含义可以看出，这里要用将来时。B错。动作发生在将来而不是过去。
B对。这里强调对现在的影响，before是用于完成时的信息，应该用现在完成时。
C对。这句表示第一个动作正在进行，突然发生了另一个动作。D错。由从句的cut可以看出是发生在过去的事情，不能用一般现在时。
D对。come out to dinner这个动作在say之后发生，因此用过去将来时。A错。从句的时态应与主句保持一致。
A对。条件从句中的动词应该用一般现在时，代替将来时。
B对。时间状语从句用一般现在时代替将来时，而不该用一般将来时。
C对。从句意看，“去商店”发生在“说”之前，因此要用过去完成时。D错。事情发生在过去，不该用现在范畴的时态。
B对。条件状语从句中，主句是将来时，从句要用一般现在时。
D对。by后加将来时间用将来完成时。B错。时间状语by this October说明，事情还未发生，不能用过去时态。
B对。
B对。时间状语从句，从句应用一般现在时。C错。不该用过去范畴的时态。
B对。整句话的意思是：“他脸上惊奇的神情表明那件事出乎他的意料”。C错。这里是指他感到吃惊，因此要用surprised；第二个空的时态错误，应该用过去完成时。
B对。由“by…”可看出要用完成时；由takes可以看出，考试还未进行并且他还要继续学下去，因此要用将来完成进行时。A错。时态错误。根据时间状语提供的信息可以看出，考试还没有进行，因此要用将来时态。
A对。这里是用进行时态表示将来意义。
B对。句意是现在没来，可是曾经答应过要来，因此promise应该用过去时。C错。时态不正确，由but可以知道promise这个动作发生过去，因此，不能用将来时。
D对。用过去进行时表明，她去年在写一本有关中国的书。B错。该选项表明书已经在去年写完，这与句子后半部分表达的意思不符。
C对。要强调动作对现在的影响，因此要用现在完成时。B错。用将来时表示动作尚未发生，和后面的remain矛盾。
C对。从thought就可以确定后面的从句要用过去时；从so far就可以判断出第二个空要用完成时。
C对。用现在完成时强调对现在的影响。
A对。表示“过去的过去”用过去完成时。C错。时态错误，同时，begin是瞬间动词，不能和表示一段时间的时间状语连用。
D对。强调对现在的影响，且动作尚未完成，用现在完成进行时。C错。有时间状语since，则不能用过去时。
B对。be to do表示将来时。C错。句子结构不对，when后应该用助动词。
B对。用进行时态表示一种厌烦的情绪。D错。always应该放在asks前。
被动语态
Your room needs cleaning.
need后面接动名词可以表示被动的意思。被动语态不一定必须由“be+过去分词”构成。还有一些形式可以表示被动意义。
今天就给你讲讲被动语态的知识。
是在不知道或没有必要指出动作的执行者或强调动作的承受者时用。
比如：Our classroom is cleaned every day.我们的教室每天都打扫。这就是没有必要指出动作的执行者是谁。
History is made by the people.历史是人民创造的。则是强调动作的承受者。history
Somebody stole my money.变成被动语态。My money was stolen by somebody.
首先要把宾语my money变成被动句的主语，然后把谓语动词变成“be+过去分词”，而原来主动语态的主语变成by引导的短语。
不过当主动语态的主语只是含糊地表示一般的“人”时，如这句话里的somebody,变成被动语态时，常将“by+某人”省略，变成My money was stolen,就可以了。
1.I promised that the baby would_______.
A.be taken care B.be taken care of C.take care D.take care of
由“不及物动词+介词”或“及物动词+副词”构成的短语动词变为被动语态时，后面的介词或副词必须保留。
这句话的主动语态是I promised that we would take care of the baby.所以这道题该选完整的短语。be taken care of.
再比如：We gave up the plan.我们放弃了这个计划。
变成被动语态是The plan was given up.计划被放弃了。
I never heard she sang so well.我从来没有听过她唱得那么好。变成被动语态是：
2.She was never heard _________ so well.
A.sing B.to sing C.sang D.sung
主动语态中hear后面接省略to的不定式，在变为被动语态时，这个to不能省略。同样适用的词还有make等使役动词和see,notice等感官动词。
比如：The teacher made Tom answer it again。老师让汤姆再回答一次。变成被动语态是：
Tom was made to answer it again.
看看下面这个句子。The girl suddenly found herself in the valley.小姑娘不知不觉来到了山谷中。在主动语态的句子中，宾语是反身代词或相互代词时，主动语态不能变成被动语态。
3.Nobody knows when the accident__________.
A.happen B.happende C.has happening D.was happened
不及物动词没有被动语态。只有及物动词都有被动语态的形式。而happen就是不及物动词。
类似这样的短语还有take place(发生)，break out(爆发)
并不是所有的动词都有被动形式。如：have有 belong to属于 fit适合 cost价值。这些词虽然是动词，却没有被动语态。
比如：The book belong to me.就无法变成被动句。
The book cost me 20 Yuan.也不能变成被动句。
前面我们主要讲了主动和被动互相转换时应注意的问题，和一些没有被动形式的情况。
下面再给你讲一些非被动语态的形式表示被动含义的情况。
4.On the way home ,he fell off his bike and ________ injured.
A.is B.has been C.got D.has
“get+过去分词”这种形式来表示被动含义。
这里的get就相当于被动语态中的be动词了。
另外，“主语+have/get+宾语+过去分词”的结构，也表示被动含义。
比如：I had/got my bike repaired.我把车送去修理了。
这种形式就是表示让别人做某事的have sth. done句型了。
英语中有些特殊的句子结构可以用主动形式表示被动的含义，此时句子的主语是物。
5.This reference book________ again.
A.is worth to read B.is worthy reading C.is worth being read D.is worth reading
书值得读，对于书来说这个动作应该是被动的，但是“be worth doing…”的结构可用主动形式表示被动含义。所以be worth后面直接跟表示主动形式的动名词就可以了。
像这样的主动表示被动的句型还有Your room needs cleaning.
有类似用法的动词还有：want/need/require+doing…此时的doing相当于to be done.
那这个句子也可以说成Your room needs to be cleaned.
两种形式都可以，下面我们继续看别的主动语态表示被动含义的情况。
6.This kind of cloth________ well and__________ long.
A.washes,lasts B.is washed,lasted C.is washing,lasting D.is washing,lasted
有些动词常和表示行为方式的状语连用，如well,easily等，表示主语的状态或特性，此时可以用主动形式表示被动含义。
wash well和last long就是表示布料经洗和耐穿的意思。
这样的词还有：
比如：His books sell well.他的书卖得很好。
The pen writes smoothly.这支笔写起来很流畅。
These bags carry easily.这些袋子便于携带。
他们的共同点是都用来说明主语的特征或特性。
7.----Do you like the material?
----Yes,it________ very soft.
A.is feeling B.felt C.feels D.is felt
系动词没有被动语态。
这里feel是系动词，还有：remain仍然prove证明taste品尝seem似乎
我们刚才都学了哪几种可以用主动语态表示被动含义的情况呢？
有be worth doing和want/need doing，一些表示主语特征的动词，如wash,sell等，还有就是系动词没有被动语态。
另外，我们还经常见到一些不定式中常用主动形式来表示被动含义。比如：
8.The question asked by him is hard_________.
A.to answer B.to be answered C.to be answering D.for answer
在“主语+系动词+形容词+不定式”这个结构中，不定式一般用主动形式。
相对于主语the question,answer这个动作是被动的。
通常主语要指物，而不是指人。人作主语的时候可就不一定了。
比如：Enhlish is difficult to learm.英语真复杂。这就用到了这种主动的不定式表示被动的情况了。
通常情况下不定式作后置定语时，要用主动形式。比如：
There are a lot of things to do.有许多事情要做。
或者I have a lot of things to do.我有许多事情做。
还可以说The teacher gave me a lot of things to do.老师给了我许多事情做。
1, This problem___________ about everywhere.
A.will talk B.is talking C.is being talked D.has talked
2, A library with five thousand books __________ to the nation as a gift.
A.is offered B.has offered C.are offered D.have offered
3, ----Is the house at the end of the street still for sale?
----No,it________.
A.was sold B.has sold C.had sold D.has been sold
4, She said that the issue________next week.
A.will discuss B.will be discussed C.would be discussing D.would be discussed
5, My watch works properly now.It ________ yesterday.
A.repaired B.had been repaired C.is repaired D.was repaired
6, Look!The bridge_________.
A.is built B.is being built C.is building D.is build
7, The fried duck_________ before it got cold.
A.had been eaten up B.ate up C.were eaten up D.has been eaten up
8, When Mary got home,the fire____________.
A.had put out B.had been put out C.was put out D.put out
9, When will another bridge over this river_________?
A.complete B.completed C.to complete D.be completed
10, He was astonished to hear that the colour TV set_________ 5000 yuan.
A.has cost B.cost C.costed D.was cost
11, The story________ in my hometown.
A.took place B.was taken place C.was happened D.had been taken place
12, Nobody likes to________.
A.laugh at B.make fun of C.be laughed D.be made fun of
13, I don’t know the hotel,but it’s_________ to be quite a good one.
A.said B.told C.spoken D.talded
14, ----Will you go to Henry’s birthday party?
----Yes,I’m really looking forward to__________.
A.be invited B.being invited C.be inviting D.invite
15, _________English of French_________ in your family?
A.Is,speaking B.Is,spoken C.Are,speaking D.Are,spoken
16, Forty-nine people_________ in the earthquake.
A.got killed B.was killed C.are killed D.have killed
17, ----Can I have a copy of the latest magazine?
----Sorry,all of them________.
A.are sold out B.have been sold out C.were sold out D.had been sold out
18, No car__________ washed since last week.
A.is B.was C.had been D.has been
19, The officer ordered the gun_______ at once.
A.to be fired B.fired C.being fired D.go fire
20, He is black and blue all over.He seems_________.
A.to beat B.to have beaten C.to be beaten D.to have been beaten
21, The dining-room________ fifty people.
A.can be held B.will be held C.holds D.was held
22, ----Have you moved into the new house?
----Not yet.The rooms__________.
A.are being painted B.are painting C.are painted D.are being painting
23, Little Jim should love__________ to the theater this evening.
A.to be taken B.to take C.be taken D.taking
24, In some parts of the world,tea__________ with milk and sugar.
A.is serving B.is served C.serves D.served
25, I need one more stamp before my collection_________.
A.has completed B.completes C.has been completed D.is completed
26, Cleaning women in big cities usually get ___________ by the hour.
A.pay B.paying C.paid D.to pay
27, Everything that he __________ away from him.
A.had taken B.had been taken C.had to be taken D.had was taken
28, What should be done__________ well.
A.must do B.had done C.must be done D.has done
29, He was a bit nervous,for he _________ on before.
A.has never operated B.had never operated
C.has never been operated D.had never been operated
30, Attention___________ never__________ the matter.
A.has,paid for B.was,paid for C.has,paid to D.was,paid to
C对。problem和talk是被动关系，是进行时表示到目前动作还在进行。
A对。library和offer是被动关系。
D对。应该用现在完成时和被动语态。A错。句中没有说具体时间，不用过去时态。
D对。这里应用过去将来时，同时用被动语态。B错。时态错。
D对。句中时间是过去时，主语是动作的承受者，就用过去时和被动语态。B错。句中有具体时间昨天，不应用过去完成时。
B对。这里描述的是一种状态，用现在进行时的被动语态。C错。主语是动作的承受者，不能用主动语态。
A对。发生在got cold之前的事，而且主语和动作是被动关系。B错。主语和动作不是主动关系。
B对。主语和谓语是被动关系，而且这一事情发生有从句动作之前。
D对。本句用的是一般将来时被动语态。A错。主语和谓语不是主动关系。
B对。主句用了一般过去时，从句也用一般过去时
A对。talk place用主动语态，一般过去时。D错。take place不用被动语态。
D对。这句话的意思是没有人喜欢被取笑，短语中的介词不可省略。A错。nobody和laugh at 是被动关系。所以laugh at不能用主动式。
A对。it’s said表达的是“据说”的意思。D错。表示讨论、谈论，用词不当。
B对。look forward to 后面跟doing，同时本句应用被动式。C错。to是介词，后面要跟动名词。
B对。谓语应用单数，同时是被动语态。
A对。相当于were killed。D错。主语是动作的承受者，不应用主动语态。
B对。用现在完成时强调了事情发生造成的结果。
D对。有时间状语since，所以用现在完成时。C错。时态错。
A对。gun和fire是被动关系。B错。order后面的补足语应用不定式。
D对。体现了被动关系，用了正确的时态。B错。主语和动作不是主动关系。
C对。主语和谓语是主动关系。
A对。表示正在被粉刷的意思。
A对。动词不定式作宾语。
B对。一般现在时的被动语态表示客观事实。
D对。主语和动作是被动关系，而且事情尚未发生。
C对。主语和动作是被动关系，用过去分词形式，相当于are paid。D错。主语和动作是被动关系，不能用不定式。
D对。everything是主语，was taken是谓语，用了被动语态。
C对。主语是从句what should be done，它和谓语do之间是被动关系。
D对。介词on后无宾语，说明operate这个动作和主语是被动的关系。C错。时态错。
D对。主语attention 和动词 pay是被动关系。
非谓语动词不定式
――不定式
――动名词
――分词（现在分词、过去分词）
他们的功能特别强大，在句中除了不能独立当谓语之外，可充当句子的任何成份。因此得名：“非谓语动词”。
不定式的基本结构
肯定：to+动词原形
否定：not+to+动词原形
The purpose of new technologies is to make life easier, not to make it more difficult.
新技术的目　的是使生活变得简单，不是变得复杂。
不定式可以直接作主语，比如：To talk with you is a pleasure.和你谈话很愉快。注意，不定式作主语，谓语动词用单数形式。
但是它也可以用另外一种形式表达，
若作主语的不定式较长时，常用it代替不定式作形式主语，使句子结构平衡。it本身并没有实际意义。
1.＿＿＿to give up a bad habit.
A.Bob is difficult B.It is not difficult for me C.John it is easy D.It impossible
To talk with you is a pleasure.换成由it作形式主语的句子。It is a pleasure to talk with you.
在“It is+不定式”结构中，可以用for sb.或者of sb.来强调不定式动作的发出者。
在“It is +形容词+for/of sb.+不定式”结构中，如果for/of sb.中的sb.是形容词的逻辑主语，则用介词of,如果不是，就用介词for.
2.It is very hard________ two foreign languages.
A.for you to study B.of you to study C.of your studying D.for your studying
例：It’s very nice of you to help me.你来帮助我，真是太好了。我们可以说You are nice.也就是说形容词nice 的逻辑主语是you.
而It is very hard…to study two foreign languages.好像不能说You are hard.你很难，而是学习两门外语很难。
hard的逻辑主语不是you,而是不定式。
在“It is +形容词+for/of sb.+不定式”结构中，如果for/of sb.中的sb.是形容词的逻辑主语，则用介词of,如果不是,就用介词for.
他们太笨了，那“他们”就是foolish的逻辑主语了，用介词of.
It is foolish of them to make such a mistake.
不定式可以在句中作宾语，它常跟在某些及物动词的后面。
3.We agreed_________ here,but so far she hasn’t turned up yet.
A.having met B.meeting C.to meet D.to have met
这道题正说明了不定式可以在句中作宾语，它常跟在某些及物动词的后面。
不定式在句中可以作宾语补足语。
4.Father will not allow us _____ on the street.
A.from playing B.to play C.playd D.play
此题中allow sb. to do sth.中的不定式可不是作宾语，宾语是sb.
是对宾语的补充说明，所以叫宾语补足语，不定式在句中可以作宾语补足语。而且也是在某些特定的动词后面可以用不定式作宾补。
类似allow sb. to do sth.结构的动词有：
不定式作主语时，我们可以用it代替它，作形式主语，那作宾语时有没有这样的用法呢？
我们也可以用it 代替不定式作形式宾语，如
5.I think it a good habit _________ early in the morning.
A.to get up B.got up C.getting up D.to getting up
it作形式宾语，把不定式后置。
在实际意义上，“我认为”（I think）显然是主谓语，而早上早起to get up early in the morning是宾语。
可是这个不定式作宾语并不是句子的全部，不定式还带有自己的成分，对它本身进行补充说明，也a good habit这部分，在这种情况下，我们常用it作形式宾语，把不定式后置。
it是形式宾语，而不定式是真正的宾语。
在这个it 作形式宾语的句了中，a good habit就是宾语补足语。
主谓＋it＋n./adj.＋不定式
我认为在一天之内完成这么多的作业是不可能的。
I think …it…impossible…to finish so much homework in a day.
6.Please show us ________.
A.how to do that B.how that be done C.how to be done that D.how to be done
在某些动词后面常跟一个带疑问词的不定式作宾语或宾语补足语。
show是谓语，us是宾语，不定式结构当然是宾语补足语了。
There are so many kinds of tape-recorders on sale that I can’t decide which to buy.
which to buy 作decide的宾语
疑问词加不定式可以作宾语补足语，这两种情况比较常见。
eg:When to turn the corner is a difficult problem.
Another problem is where to stop the car
请告诉我为什么要这么做Please tell me why to do it.(错)
我们所说的疑问词包括how, what ,when ,where ,whether 和which等，但是没有why
please tell me why I should do it.
不定式作定语　通常要放在被修饰的词的后面。如果还有其它的后置定语，不定式要放在最后。
eg: I have a lot of work to do
Do you have anything new to tell us ?这里new放在anything之后　，不定式只有放在最后了，也修饰anything.
7.Please give me some paper to ________.
write B. be written C. wrote D.write on
虽然是不定式作定语，但当不定式作定语时，有时需要在动词后面放上一个适当的介词，当不定式是不及物动词时，或者所修饰词是不定式动作发生的地点或使用的工具时。
please give me some paper to write on.
eg: There is no chair to sit on
I have no pen to write with
这些介词都不可以省略。但是如果所修饰的词是place,time,way时，不定式后的介词也可以省略。
He has no place to live(in).他没地方住。
This is the best way to travel(by).这是最好的旅行方式。
另外，不定式还可以在句中作状语，比如它可以作目的状语：
I opened the window to let some fresh air in.我把窗户打开好让新鲜空气进来。
8.Tom kept quiet about the accident________ lose his job.
A.so not as to B.so as not to C.in order to not D.not in order to
在作目的状语的不定式前加上in order或so as,可以加强语气。他们的区别是in order to 可以放在句首，so as to 不能放在句首。
再比如：In order to catch the train, she hurried through her work.
为了赶火车，她匆匆做完了她的工作。
在这个句了里，为了强调目的状语，in order to 被放在了句首，这时候它就不能用so as to 来代替了。另外不定式还可以作其他形式的状语。
9.We hurried to get to the railway station________ that the train had left.
A.to find B.in order to find C.only to find Dso as to find
不定式常和only,never连用，作结果状语，表示失望或意外的情绪。
如果选A.B,D都是说我们匆忙赶到火车站，为了发现火车开了，好像不通呀，应该说“结果却发现火车开了”才合逻辑呀。
不定式作结果状语还可以用too…to…这种形式。比如：She is too young to go to school.
她太小了，不能上学。
不定式也常常在句中作表语，比如：My dream is to be football player.
下面我们继续学习关于不定式的一个重要部分，是一些省略不定式符号to或者省略不定式动词的情况。
10.Paul doesn’t have to be made________.He always works hard.
A.learn B.to learn C.learned D.learning
不定式在感官动词和使役动词后作宾补时，要省略to,但在变为被动语态时不可以省略to.
比如：The workers were made to work day and night.工人们被迫日日夜夜干活。
11.Tom did nothing but_________ back what he had said.
A.taken B.took C.taking D.take.
当介词but,except,beside前面有一个实义动词do或do的其他形式时，其后的不定式要省略to.
只要有do就省略to.
介词后面常常跟不定式，如：那个迷路的孩子想回家。我们可以说：
The lost child desired nothing but to go home.
除了看电视，你还想做什么？What would you likd to do besides watch TV?
另外还有一种情况，就是当不定式在系动词be后作表语时，如果主语部分有实义动词do,不定式中的to也可以省略。
刚才是介词前面有do省略to,现在是主语有do省略表语的to.
The only thing I could do was obey his order.　我唯一能做的就是听从他的命令。
还有一种情况也很常见，当两个不定式并列时，尤其是它们用and或or连接时，第二不定式中的to 可以省略。
I promise to finish my homework and hand it in on time.我保证完成作业并按时交上。
后半句to hand it in 就是省略了to的用法。
也就是三种情况下要省略to,第一是在使役动词和感官动词后，第二是有do省略to,第三就是用and,or连接省略后to.
不过在另外一些情况下，我们也会保留不定式符号to.而省略后面的动词。如：
12.----Does your brother intend to study German?
----Yes, he intends_________.
A./ B.to do C.to D.so
作宾语的不定式第二次出现时，为避免重复，不定式动词往往要省略，只保留不定式符号to.
如：如果你想去那儿，你可以再去一次。
You can go there again if you want to go there.不对
应该是You can go there again if you want to.
同样为避免重复，在have to(不得不)，be able to(能够)，be going to(将要)等之后的不定式动词也可以省略，只保留to.
I don’t want to go there,but I have to.
如用be able to 说一个句子，如：I planed to go ther,but I wasn’t able to.我计划去那儿，但却没有去成。
下面我们来学习不定式的时态的语态。
刚才我们说的都是不定式的一般式，不定式一般式表示的动作与句子谓语表示的动作同时发生或在其后发生。
不定式的时态：
一般式、进行式、完成式
13.Robert is said________ abroad,but Idon’t know what country he studied in.
A.to have studied B.to study C.to be studying D.to have been studying
据说罗伯特出国学习过，但我不知道他在哪个国家学习的。
要判断不定式的时态，就要把不定式动词发生的时间和谓语动词的发生时间做比较，看哪个发生在前。
如果要表示不定式的动作发生在谓语动词之前就应该用不定式的完成式，强调动作的完成或结果。也就是to have done 的形式。
那这道题就应该是Robert is said to have studied abroad…
可是如果要表示不定式的动作与谓语动词表示的动作同时发生，并强调动作的进行，就要用不定式的进行时，to be doing这种形式。
The boy seems to be sleeping.这男孩好像正在睡觉。
是的，不定式除了有时态的变化，还有语态的变化，也就是说还有不定式的被动语态。
当不定式动作的逻辑主语是这个动作的承受者时，不定式一般要被动式。
14.He spoke in such a high voice_______ at the farther end of the room.
A.as to be heard B.to be heard C.as to hear D.to hear
像这道题里他说话大声是为了让别人在远处听到他的声音，听到这个动作就应该是被动的。
不定式的被动形式to be done
It is an honour for me to be invited to attend the meeting.我很荣幸能够被邀请参加这个会议。
可是在一些情况下，时态和语态交错运用，比如可以构成不定式的完成被动形式这样的情况，别看名字复杂，其实道理不是刚才那些。
据说这事昨天就有人做了。可以先分析时态和语态的关系吧。
It is said to have been done yesterday.
It is very kind of you to help me . My pleasure.
趣味练习：
1, My parents often tell me _____ fish that isn’t fresh.
A.not eat B.to not eat C.not eating D.not to eat
2, We found________ important to study English well.
A.that B.this C.it D.the
3, Last summer I took a course on_______.
A.how to make dresses B.how dresses be made
C.how to be made dresses D.how dresses to be made
4, Peter doesn’t know_________ to stay or not.
A.whether B.if C.which D.what
5, ----The housework is too much for me,Jack.
----Sorry,but I can’t help it,Joan.I’ve got something important______,you know.
A.do B.doing C.to do D.having done
不定式作something的定语。
6，He advised________ but I didn’t listen to him.
A.me going B.my going C.for me to go D.me to go
7, It was foolish_________ you to give up what you rightly owned.
A.for B.of C.about D.from
8, The chair looks rather hard,but in fact it is very comfortable to _______.
A.sit B.sit on C.be sat D.be sat on
sit 是不及物动词，此处需要加上介词on构成不定式短语。
9. I remember ________ the light when I left last night .
A.. turning off B. turn off C. have turned off D. to turn off
remember doing表示“做过的事情”，remmber to do 表示“未做的事情”
10，Have you settled________ for your holidays?
A.to go where B.going where C.where going D.where to go
where to go 意为“去何地”，它的作用相当于一个名词性从句，在本句中作settle的宾语。
11，I regret_________ your advicee,or I would have succeeded.
A.not to take B.not take C.not taking D.not taken
12，I don’t think_______ possible to master a foreign language without much memory work.
A.this B.that C.its D.it
13，She reached the top lf the hill and stopped________ on a big rock by the side of the path.
A.to have rested B.resting C.to rest D.rest
14，He finished his homework and then went on_______ me.
A.helping B.with help C.with helping D.to help
15，----She seems_________ already.
----Yes,she______.
A．to have got well,does B.to get well,has C.to have got well ,has D.to get well,does
16，Mr.White earns little but he has a large family___________.
A.support B.supporting C.to be supported D. to support
17，It was very clever________ in the young lady’s room.
A . for Holmes to stay B. Holmes’ staying C. of Holmes to stay D. of Holmes’ staying
18.He could do nothing but _______ for the bus _______.
A. want ,to come B. wait , come C. waiting ,coming D. waited ,came
19.He went there in a hurry only_______ that everybody had left
A. finding B. to find C. having found D. to have found
20.This novel is said ______________ last year.
A. to have been published B. to be publicshed
C.to have published D.having been publicshed
21.Zhou Lan doesn’t have to be made _______.She always works hard.
A. learn B. to learn C. learning D. learned
22.I’d like to buy an expensive sports car. Well, sir. We’ve got several models_______.
A. to be chosen from B. to choose c. to choose from D. for choosing
23.Will you have anybody_______ the flowers ?
---Yes, I will have the flowers _______.
plant , planted B. to plant , planted C. plant , to be planted D. to plant ,plant
24.If you want to improve your _______English, you must try _______English everyday.
A. spoken, to practices speaking B. spoken , practicing speaking
C.speaking, to practice to speak D.spoken, to practice to speak
25.I am sorry_______ you about in the other day.
A. telling B. no having told C. to not have told D. not to have told
26.Tom kept quiet about the accident _______ lose his job.
A. so not as to B. so as not to C. so as to not D. not so as to
27. I have a lot of letters ______________.
A. deal with B. to deal C. to be dealt D. to deal with
28. They wouldn’t allow him_______ across the river .
A .to risk swimming B. risking to swim C. for risk to swim D. risk swimming.
29.He has no choice but _______ his home town .
A. leave B. left C. leave from D. to leave
30.She appeared _______ what had been said.
A. not to have heard B. to have not heard C. not have heard D. not to have been hearing
1-5 BACBA 6-10ADBCB 11-14DCAA
趣味练习
1-5 DCAAC 6-10 DBBAD 11-15 CDCDC
16-20 DCABA 21-25 BCAAD 26-30 BDADA
趣味练习
11.对过去的事情表示后悔用doing的形式。A错。regret后接不定式，表示“遗憾做某事”，不合题意。
12.D.it在这里是形式宾语，句了的宾语是后面的不定式。
13.C　stop+不定式表示“停下来（正在做的事）开始做另一件事”。
14.D go on+不定式表示“继续做另一件事”。A错。go on+doing表示“继续做同一件事”，用在这里不合题意
15.C．already说明不定戒的动作已经发生过，所以第一个空应该用不定式的完成式，第二个空相应地也要用完成时。A.错。第二个空白处的错，应该用完成时态。
16.D.不定式作定语置于所修饰的名词后面。
18A
19'B固定搭配，only to …..意为“不料意会…..，没想到”
22.several models,是选择的范围，此处必须有介词from ，表示“从中选择”
23.A 第一空白处为have sb. do, 第二空白处为have sth. done结构。
24.spoken English为“口语”，try to do sth意为“努力做某事”practice doing sth.“意为做某事”practice doing sth意为“练习做某事”spoken English为“口语””
25不定式在这里作原因状语。
28allow sb .to do sth. 同意某人做某事，risk doing sth. 意为“冒险做某事”
1. Don’t forget _________ the letter.
　　A. to send B. send C. sending D. being sent
　　2. The chair looks very old， but in fact it is very comfortable to _________.
　　A. sit B. sit on C. be sat D. be sat on
　　3. Is ______ necessary to return the book tomorrow？
　　A. this B. that C. it D. which
　　4. I’m afraid they would not allow him ________ here.
　　A. to smoke B. smoking C. smokes D. smoke
　　5. Mother told me ________ the water before I drank it.
　　A. boiling B. boiled C. boil D. to boil
　　6. On my way home， I stopped _______ some food.
　　A. buy B. to buy C. buying D. bought
　　7. John was made _______ the car for a week as a punishment.
　　A. to wash B. washing C. wash D. to be washing
　　8. The sitting-room needs _______， but it’ll have to wait until Saturday.
　　A. be cleaning B. to be cleaned C. clean D. being cleaned
　　9. The first thing I want to do is __________.
　　A. visit to him B. to visit him C. visiting him D. visited him
10. Li Yang advised me _________ too much， otherwise I would have been drunk.
　　A. not to drink B. to drink C. not drinking D. drinking
参考答案
　　1. A. forget to do sth . 忘记去做某事。forget doing sth . 忘记做过某事。
　　2. B. sit on the chair， 其中on不能少。
　　3. C. it为形式主语。
　　4. A. allow sb to do
　　5. D. tell sb， to do
　　6. B. stop to do 停下去做另一件事。stop doing 停止做某事。
　　7. A. make sb do 在被动语态中为be made to do .
　　8. B. need to be done与need doing皆为“需要被做”之意。
　　9. B. 不定式结构作表语。
　　10. A. 不定式的否定式：advise sb not to do
动词不定式是一种非谓语动词的形式. 它由 to + 动词原形构成，在句中
起名词，形容词和副词的作用，可以担任除谓语以外的其它任何成分。
1. 动词不定式作主语：
To teach English is my favorite. 教英语是我的爱好。
2. 动词不定式作宾语：
某些及物动词可以用动词不定式作宾语，这些动词有decide, begin,
help, begin, want, wish, like, forget, learn, ask.
What I wish is to learn English well. 我所希望的是把英语学好。
3. 动词不定式作宾语补语:
We expect you to be with us. 我们希望你和我们在一起。
　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
4. 动词不定式作表语：
What I should do is to finish the task soon.
我应该做的是赶快完成任务。
5. 动词不定式作定语：
There are many ways to solve the problem.
有许多方法能解决这个问题。
6. 不定式作状语：
We went to the hospital to see our teacher.
我们去医院看了我们的老师。
动词不定式的否定形式：not + to + 动词原形
It's unfair not to tell us. 没告诉我们真是不公平。
疑问词who, what,which,when, where, how, why 可以加在不定式的
前面，构成不定式短语，使含义更加具体。
Where to go is not known yet. 去什么地方还不知道。
I don't know when to begin. 我不知道什么时间开始。
动词不定式可以带有自己的逻辑主语，构成方法是： for + 逻辑主语 + 不定式。
注意：逻辑主语用宾格形式， for 本身无实际意义，它只表明后面的
主语从逻辑上分析是不定式的主语。
It's necessary for us to help each other. 我们互相帮忙是必要的。
动词不定式的时态：
动词不定式一般时：表示动作和句中谓语动词的动作同时发生或之后发生。
I want to see you again. 我想再见到你。
Would you like to have a rest? 你愿意休息一下吗？
动词不定式完成时：表示动作在句中谓语动词的动作之前发生。
They seems to have known the answers. 他们好像知道了答案。
　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
动词不定式进行时：表示动作同句中谓语动词的动作同时发生，
强调动作正在进行。
They seem to be working hard. 他们好像在努力工作。
动词不定式的被动形式： 表示不定式动词同所修饰的名词是被动关系 。
　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
He is the man to be examined. 他是受检查的人。
非谓语动词讲解及练习：动词不定式(The Infinitive)

动词不定式(The Infinitive)
动词不定式：（to）+ do，具有名词、形容词、副词的特征。
一、不定式的形式：
主 动 被 动
一般式 to do to be done
进行式 to be doing /
完成式 to have done to have been done
完成进行式 to have been doing /
否定式：not /never + (to) do
二、不定式的句法功能：
1.作主语：
eg.)To make a speech here is an honor.
To lose heart means failure.
动词不定式短语作主语时，常用形式主语it作形式主语，如上两句可用如下形式：
It is an honor to make a speech here.
It means failure to lose heart.
常用结构：
It+be+ adj./n.+ for sb. to do sth.
It+be+ adj. + of sb. to do sth. =sb. be + adj. + to do sth.
(常见形容词:clever, silly, foolish, stupid, wise, kind, rude, impolite, careless, cruel, crazy, etc.)
Eg.)It’s necessary for us to have a good knowledge of English.
It is foolish of you to make such a mistake.=You are foolish to make such a mistake.
2.作表语：
eg.)Her wish is to become a novelist.
He appears to have caught a cold.
不定式一般紧跟在系动词如be, seem, remain, appear等后面,用来说明主语的内容。这类结构中的主语一般为名词，如：idea, purpose, hope, plan, intention, wish, dream, etc.
eg.) My purpose is to teach them a lesson.
有时句子主语也可以是不定式或名词性从句。
Eg.) To be strict with students is to be responsible to them.
What I want to do is (to )tell you the truth.
如果主语中含有do的任何形式, 那么不定式可以省去to.
Eg.) The only thing he could do was ( to) tell the truth.
比较:
A组: Sth.+be +不定式(作表语)---表示主语的具体内容
Sth.+be +不定式(作表语)---表示时态(将来时)
Eg.)He is to tidy up the room.
His plan is to tidy up the room.
B组:动名词和不定式在句中作表语的区别:
1. 一般情况下,区别不大,可通用
eg.) Seeing is believing.
=To see is to believe.
2. 动名词表示的动作较抽象、或是习惯性的, 而不定式表示某次具体的动作.
Eg.)My job is typing papers.
My job now is to type these papers.
3.作宾语：
A. 动词+ to不定式
常见动词: hope, wish, long, want, refuse, pretend, promise, agree, aim, decide, expect, offer, fail, plan, learn, manage, intend, desire, etc.
eg.) I longed to become an artist.
He helped (to) bring up the orphan.
B.动词+(间接宾语)+疑问词+ to不定式
常见动词: know, decide, wonder, learn, remember, understand, find out, etc.
eg.) I don’t know what to say to comfort her.
The farmer showed us how to milk the cow.
C.动词+ it+宾语补足语+( for sb.)+ to不定式：
常见动词:find, consider, think, make, feel, etc.
eg.) Marx found it important to study the situation in Russia.
I think it important for you to recite some English articles.
D.介词but, except后可接to不定式作宾语。
注意句中谓语或非谓语部分含有do，那么不定式可省去to
eg.)Seeing the room crowded, I had no choice but to stand in the dark.
Seeing the room crowded, I could do nothing but stand in the dark.
4.作宾语补足语：
A. 动词/动词词组+宾语+to不定式
常见动词: want, wish, ask, tell, order, beg, allow, permit, help, advise, persuade, cause, force, warn, invite, urge, encourage, prepare, call on, would like, wait for, etc.
eg.)I got them to join us in the discussion.
They are waiting for the school bus to come.
B. 动词+宾语+不带to的不定式
常用动词: feel (一感) ; hear, listen to(二听); make, let, have(三让); see, watch, observe, notice, look at(五看) ;help (半帮助,可带to或不带to)etc. 但改为被动语态时，不定式要加to.
Eg.) I saw him cross the road.
He was seen to cross the road.
比较: I saw him crossing the road.
He was seen _____the road.
I saw him carried downstairs.
He was seen ____ downstairs.
5.作定语：(考点集中在动词不定式与被修饰词的逻辑关系的判断上)
A.与被修饰名词构成动宾关系：
Eg.) I have a meeting to attend.
He found a good house to live in. (如果不定式是vi，其后应有适当的介词.)
如果不定式修饰time, place, way，可以省略介词：
eg.)He has no place to live.
This is the best way to work out this problem.
注意如果句子的主语不是不定式的逻辑主语,不定式就用被动语态表示。比较:
I am going to the post office, for I have a letter to post.
I am going to the post office, do you have any letter to be posted?
B. 与被修饰名词构成主谓关系：
Eg.)He is the right person to do that job.
He is the first to get here.
注意不定式+介词修饰名词也可以转换成介词+关系代词（whom或which）+不定式。
Eg.) Mary is a nice companion to travel with.
Mary is a nice companion with whom to travel.
I got a piece of paper to write on.
I got a piece of paper on which to write.
C．说明所修饰名词的内容：
Eg.) We have made a plan to finish the work.
Jane expressed a wish to earn her own living.
6.作状语：
A.表目的：
Eg.) He worked day and night to pay off the debt .
She sold her hair to buy the watch chain.
注意不定式逻辑主语与句子主语要一致：
To save money, every means has been tried. (×)
To save money, he has tried every means. (√)
= He has tried every means in order to/so as to save money.
= In order to save money, he has tried every means.
B.表结果：
Eg.)I visited him only to find him out.
Would you be so kind as to tell me the way to the garden Hotel?
His behavior is such as to make his friends angry.
The patient is strong enough to walk about.
too…to…结构
Eg.)It’s too dark for us to see anything.
The question is too simple for him to answer.
注：对少数几个表示心情或倾向的形容词，如：glad, ready, pleased, willing, anxious, happy, satisfied, etc.用于too…to…结构时表示肯定意义。
eg.)They were too anxious to leave.
I am only/but too glad to do you the favor.
C.表原因：
Eg.)They were very excited to hear the news that their team had won the game.
7.作插入语和同位语：
常见插入语:to tell (you) the truth/to be frank; truth to tell实不相瞒;to start/begin with; to conclude; to make matter worse; to be more exact确切地讲;to make a long story short长话短说，简而言之;to be fair公平地说，凭心而论;to be sure肯定地，毫无疑问地;
eg.)To tell (you) the truth, I don’t like the way _______he talked.
To make matter worse/___ ____, the computer broke down.
We have made a plan to finish the work.
Her wish to be an air hostess has never come true.
三、不定式的时态:
1.一般式－(to)+动原：不定式的一般式所表示的动作或状态与谓语动词动作同时发生或发生在谓语动词动作之后。
Eg.)The policeman made the thief stand in the corner.
The play is said to be made into a film soon.
2.进行式－to be+现分：不定式的进行式所表示的动作或状态与谓语动词动作同时发生。(seem, appear, happen, pretend等动词的结构中)
Eg.)The boy pretended to be working hard.
=The boy pretended that he was working hard.
He seems to be reading in his study.
=It seems that he is reading in his study.
3.完成式－to have +过分：不定式的完成式表示的动作或状态发生在谓语动词动作之前.
eg.)I regretted to have told a lie.
I happened to have seen the film.
The novel is said to have been translated into several foreign languages.
=It is said that the novel has been translated into several foreign languages.
比较: I must be off now. I am pleased to have met/meeting you all.(分手告别时)
Pleased to meet you, Mr. Cook.(初次见面时)
四、不定式的语态:
主动式和被动式
A. 如不定式的逻辑主语是动作的承受者, 不定式需用被动语态－to be +过分
eg.) He dislikes to be praised in public.
The only animal to be seen in the desert was the camel.
B. 主动的形式表示被动:
①句中存在不定式的逻辑主语, 构成逻辑上的主谓关系：
eg.) The master gave his dog a few bones to eat.
I have a lot of papers to type.
(比较:I am free now. Do you have any papers to be typed?)
②在“形容词+不定式”结构中, 如不定式与句子主语构成逻辑上的动宾关系,那么不定式多用主动语态.
常见形容词：hard, difficult, easy, fit, cheap, expensive, interesting, etc.
Eg.) The water is fit to drink.
The couch is comfortable to sit on.=It is comfortable to sit on the couch.
The sentence is easy _____ (explain). =It is________
The tea is bitter _______(taste).
③在there be结构中,倾向于用不定式主动语态表示被动意义.
Eg.) There is always much work to do in the house.
④下列句子惯用不定式主动语态.
Eg.) The house is to let/to be let. 这房子待出租。
He is not to blame. 他不该受责备。
但在be + to不定式以及be likely to结构中，如果主语是不定式所表示的承受者，那么不定式仍须用被动语态。
Eg.) The collection of poems is to be published within a year.
The results of the exams remain to be seen.
He is likely to be made monitor of our class.=It is likely that he is made ….
五、不定式的否定式： not/never + (to ) 不定式
eg.) They hurried along in order not to be late.
The boy promised never to play truant again.
六、不定式的省略与保留：保留to,省略do动词。
Ⅰ.不定式符号的省略与保留:
1. 在had better, would rather, would rather…than…, would sooner…than…, cannot but, why (not) 等结构后面的不定式符号to通常被省略。如:
eg.) You’d better tell her the truth.
2. 动词不定式短语作介词but, except, besides的宾语，且介词之前有行为动词do或其它形式时，不定式符号to通常被省略。
Eg.) What do you like to do besides swim?
My mother could do nothing but wait for the doctor to arrive.
Now he had given himself no choice but to tell her.
3. 两个或多个不定式短语表示并列关系时，后面不定式短语的不定式符号to通常被省略；如果表示对比关系，则不定式符号to通常保留。
eg.) They didn’t tell me whether to go on or to stop. （对比关系）
She told the child to stay there and wait till she came back. （并列关系）
4．在某些感官动词或使役动词（如：hear，listen to， notice，observe， see， watch， make等）之后充当宾语补足语
的不定式中，不定式符号to总是被省略， 但在被动语态的句子中，不定式符号to通常保留。
Eg.) They made that man work all the morning.
That man was made to work all the morning.
5.不定式短语作表语，不定式符号to通常保留，但当what引导的名词性从句作主语，或all，everything等后接定语从句作主语，从句谓语部分含有动词do 或do的其他形式时，作表语的不定式可以保留也可省略不定式符号to。
eg.) The greatest happiness is to work for the happiness of all.
The only thing I can do is (to) go on y myself.
II.不定式符号后面动词的省略与保留
1.为了避免重复，在hope， wish， want， like， love，decide， mean， prefer， have to， be able to， be going to， used to， ought to等动词及习语后面出现与上文相同的不定式时，常保留不定式符号to，而把其它部分省略。
Eg.) Ms King lied to us because she had to.
2.当不定式在ask, advise, persuade, wish, allow, permit, tell, expect, force, invite, beg等动词后面充当宾语补足语时, 为了避免重复, 常保留不定式符号to，而把后面的动词省略.
eg.) She wants to come , but her parents won’t allow her to.
If he doesn’t want to go there, don’t force him to.
He didn’t come, though we had invited him to.
3.在特定的上下文中, 为了避免重复, 如果不定式为一般式to be…或完成式to have done时, 则不定式符号to和be或have常一并保留, be或have之后的部分通常要省略.
eg.) ---Aren’t you the headmaster?
--- No, but I don’t want to be.
--- Hasn’t he finished the report?
--- No, but he ought to have.
补充:
不定式符号后面动词的省略与保留：
Eg.)1. If you don’t want to do it, you don’t need to.
2.---Ought I to finish the work today?
---Yes, you ought to.
注：㈠以上例句中的不定式符号to均不能省略。但如省略名词后的不定式时，则to可以一起省去。
Eg.) Never will Tom miss school for no reason; he hasn’t the courage (to).
I will come as soon as I have got the chance (to).
㈡ want 和would like如用于从句中，to通常可以省略。
Eg.) Come whenever you want (to).
You can stay here as long as you like (to).
㈢如不定式带有系动词be或助动词have, 则须保留be或have.
Eg.) ---Are you a teacher?---No, but I used to _be_.
--- Sorry, I haven’t finished my work yet?---Well, you ought to have.
㈣另外两种省略to的情况.
⑴ 如主语部分含有动词do,则作表语的不定式可省略to
eg.) What I want to do is run a night school.
⑵当两个或两个以上的不定式并列使用时,除第一个不定式以外,其余的不定式一般要省略to.
Eg.) It is up to you to decide whether to stay or leave.
He wished to study medicine and become a doctor.
I动名词
基本结构：（not）动词原型＋ing
Eg: Tom’s not getting to school on time made the teacher very angry.
注意这里的Tom后面有个’s Tom就表示了动名词的逻辑主语。
动名词短语如果不在句中作主语，其逻辑主语可以用人称代词或名词的普通格表示，但如果是作主语，就只能用物主代词或名词所有格表示。
动名词作宾语：
We all worry about Mary’s going there alone.玛丽独自去那儿让我们都很担心。
＝We all worry about Mary going there alone.
这句话中动名词作宾语，所以我们也可以说We all worry about Marry going there alone.
Taking pictures ______ very interesting.
A. is B. are C. to be D. be
A is right .
动名词在句子中作主语时，谓语动词一律用单数。（也包括不定式）
慢跑对你的健康有好处。＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿＿
Jogging is good to your health.
动名词在用法上和不定式的确有相似之处，下一点你也不会陌生。
It is no good ________him to help you.
A .to expect B. expecting C. of expecting D. for him to expect
指望他帮助你是没有好处的。这个it是没有实际意义的，是形式主语。
It is no use + doing ,It is useless+doing(做……是没有用的)或者It is no good+doing(做……是没有好处的)。
为洒在地下的牛奶哭泣是没有。It is no use crying over spilt milk.表面意思是为洒在地下的牛奶是没有，也就是说无益的后悔是没用的，有点类似我们常说的覆水难收。
如果这个句型多了个of变成It is of no use……的时候，就要用不定式，而不是动名词了。
It is of no use to cry over spilt milk.
用的时候要小心，不过句型中的it，也可以改为there，
比如我们可以说：There is no use worrying.担心是没用的。
和不定式一样，动名词也可以作句子的宾语，你看下面这道题。
I know it’s not important,but I can’t help _______about it.
A.to think B.and think C.thinking D.being thought
C
有些动词或词组后面只能用动名词作宾语，而不能用不定式作宾语。
can’t help(禁不住) finish(完成) enjoy(喜欢) miss(错过) mind(介意)
另外介词后面常用动名词作介词宾语，所以一些带有介词的短语和词组后面就只能用动名词了。
比如：give up(放弃) be afraid of（害怕） interested in（感兴趣）
另外还有一些动词，如：continue和begin等。后面既可以用动名词作宾语也可以用不定式作宾语，而且在意义上没有什么区别。
比如：We bing to work at 9 o’clock.我们9点钟开始工作。
完全可以说成We begin working at 9 o’clock.
是的，可是有些动词却不是这样，我们来看一道题：
The light in the office is still on.
Oh,I forget________.
A.turning it off B.turn it off C.to turn it off D.having turned it off
C
有些动词或词组，如：remember,forget,fegret,try,mean,go no,后面既能用动名词作宾语也可以用不定式作宾语，但在意义上有很大区别。
这句话从语法讲A和C都是对的，forget后面既可以接不定式作宾语，也可以接动名词作宾语。前面那句话说办公室的灯还亮着，那后一句一定应该是忘了关了。
forget doing表示忘记做过了某事，就是说这件事已经做了，但是忘记已经做过了，而forget to do 则表示忘记要做某事，就是说这事该做，可是忘了，结果是没有做。
前面的几个词像remember，都和刚才讲的forget的用法很类似，如果后面接动名词则表示动作已经发生，如果接不定式作宾语，则表示动作尚未发生。
I remember telling him the news.我记得告诉过他这个消息了。（已告诉）
Please remember to tell him the news.请记得告诉他这个消息。（未告诉）
另外一组词stop和go on的用法也有点像，我们也可以一起来记。
stop(go on)doing（正在做的事）表示停止或继续正在做的事。
stop(go on)to do( 另外一件事)表示停止或继续另外一件事。
比如：He went on talking about football.他继续谈论足球。表示前后谈论的都是同一个话题。
After writing ,he went on to read.则是说写完字后，他接着读书，做的是不同的两事。
try和mean就需要单独记忆了。
try
try doing表示试一试。而try to do则表示设法或是企图做某事。也就是说做事的态度和努力的程度不同了。
比如：Never mind.Try doing it agin in another way.表示的意思是：没关系，试试用另一种方法做吧。
I must try to study English well.我必须尽力学好英语。
mean
我们再来看mean的用法。mean to do 表示打算做某事，而mean doing则表示意味着……
I mean to get up early.
Catching the firsh bus means getting up early.
动词need,want,require后面用主动形式的动名词作宾语，可以表达被动的含义，相当于to be done.
动名词还可以用作定语和表语。比如
The sentence needs________.
A.to improve B.being improved C.improving D.improved.
C
动名词和不定式在语法在没有太大的区别，只是意思上略有不同。动名词作表语时表示一种抽象的动作，或习惯性的动作；而不定式表示比较具体的动作，或将来的动作。
比如：
Miss Joan’s bad habit is________without thorough understanding.
A.read B.being read C.to be read D.reading
D
再比如：
My job is teaching.我的工作是教书。（习惯）
Next term what he wants to do is to teach in another school.下学期他想到另外一所学校去教书。(将来)
其实动名词和不定式的这点区别不仅体现在作表语时，在作句子其他成分时，它们之间也存在着这种意义上的区别。
比如说作宾语吧，
I like swimming very much.我很喜欢游泳。（习惯）是一般陈述。
It is very hot today,so I like to swim after dinner.今天很热，晚餐后我想游泳。（将来）。
动名词也可以在句中作定语，它的位置在所修饰的词前面。动名词作定语时多表示所修饰词的用途。
比如：washing machine洗衣机　　　swimming pool游泳池。
动名词可作的成分
主语
宾语
表语和定语
以上我们说的都是动名词的一般形式，动名词也有自己的时态和语态，完成式和被动语态。用法和不定式很相似。
He has always insisted on his _______Dr.Turner instead of Mr.Turner.
A.been called 　B.called C.having called D.being called
D
当动名词的逻辑主语是其所表示的动作的承受者时，动名词一般要用被动式。
比如这道题，动作call的逻辑主语是he，而he和call之间提被动关系，所以就用被动语态。
再比如：
The thief was so lucky that he just missed being caught by the police.
这个贼非常幸运恰好没有被警察捉住。
贼和抓之间一定也是被动关系。
动名词的完成式用法和不定式也很像。
She didn’t remember________him before.
A.having met B.have met C.to meet D.to having met
A
动名词完成式表示动作发生在谓语动词的动作之前。
这句话里的“遇到”就发生在“记得”之前。就应该用动名词的完成式。
还有forget忘记apologize道歉thank sb.for doing sth.　为某事感谢某人等。
比如Thank you for having given us so much help.感谢你给了我们这么多帮助。
也可以说成Thank you for giving us so much help.
让我们每人说一句含有动名词的话作结束语吧。
I am proud of having you as my student and friend.我为有你这样的学生和朋友而骄傲。
Thank you for giving me so much help.感谢你给了我们这么多帮助。
1.How about two of us _______the party?
A.to attend B.attend C.attending D.to be attending
1.Revolution means_________the productive forces.
A.liberate B.liberating C.liberated D.to liberate
3.I didn’t remember_________him before,so I didn’t adderss him when he came.
A.to meet B.having met C.have met D.to having met
4.Would you mind _________your radio a little,please?
A.turn off B.rurning off C.to turn down D.turning down
5._________no use talking about it any more.
A.It’s B.Its C.That’s D.What’s
6.Jackson likes_________,but he doesn’t like_________today.
A.to fish;to fish B.fishing;fishing C.to fish;fishing D.fishing;to fish
7.The girl wrote a composition without__________.
A.ask B.asking C.being asked D.to be asked
8.All the children need________.So they all have the right of going to school.
A.to teach B.being taught C.taught D.teaching
9.People enjoy_________humorous ads.
A.to look at B.to read C.reading D.putting
10.________is a good form of exercise for both young and old.
A.The walk B.Walking C.To walk D.Walk
11,The young man was praised for ______a little girl .
A. have saved B. he has saved C. having saved D. saving
12.What’s made you so upset?
-________ my new bike .
A. Lost B. Because of losing C. Losing D. Because I lost
13..Ican’t understand you_______ a thing like this to yourself.
A. to keep B. keeping C. being kept D. to be kept
14.He has always insisted on his _______ Dr. Smith instead of Mr.Smith.
A. been called B. called C. having called D.being called
15.No.15 car won the race.
--Yes,but its driver came close to ________ killed
A. be B. being C. been D. have been
keys: CBBDA DCDCB CCBDB
现在分词作定语时，它所表示的动作与谓语动词所表示的动作同时发生，或在说话的时刻正在发生。单个分词作定语时，要放在所修饰的词前面，但分词短语作定语时，要放在所修饰的词后面。另外、在修饰不定代词或指示代词时，分词定语也要后置。可是也有个别过去分词，如：given,　left 作定语时，要放在所修饰的词的后面。
比如说我一分钱都没有了，就应该是 I don’t have a single penny left.
而不是I don’t have a single left penny.
和现在分词不同，过去分词作定语时，往往强调与被修饰的词之间的被动关系。在时态上有完成的意味。
1.This is a book __________ by Lu Xun.
being written B. writing C. to be written D. written D
简单的说，就是现在分词表示主动或者正在进行，过去分词表示被动或完成。
再一个比较典型的例子，比如: developing country 和 developed country.
其实不只是作定语，作其他成分时现在分词和过去分词的区别也是大致如此，比如作表语吧，
现在分词作表语用来说明主语的性质特征且表示主动含义，过去分词作表语用来说明主语的状态且表示被动含义。
2.How was the concert last night? It was__________.(A)
disappointing B.disappointed C. disappoint D.being disappointed.
而且许多动词的现在分词人表语用来修饰物，而过去分词则用来修饰人，disappoint就是这样一个动词。类似的词都表示　“使…..怎么样”的意思。The movie was moving
I was moved by the movie.
比如：excite(使激动) interest(使感兴趣)，　move（使感动）等等。
The enemy is moving toward us.敌人正在向我们靠近，这个moving就是和Be动词构成现在进行时了，而不是现在分词作表语。现在分词作表语表示主语的性质特征，现在进行时表示正在进行的动作。
现在分词作表语和进行时有区别，那过去分词作表语与被动语态有什么区别呢？
过去分词作表语强调状态，被动语态强调动作。比如：
The glass is broken(状态)　玻璃杯碎了。是强调碎的状态。
The glass was broken by Tom last night(动作)强调被打碎的动作
分词可以用在动词的宾语后面作宾语补足语，来对宾语进行补充说明，这一点也是很重要的。
现在分词作宾补，表示与宾语之间是主动关系，且表示进行中的动作。
3.The police caught him_______a car .
to steal B. stealing C.stolen D.to be stolen (B)
再比如：　I found him lying on the grass.我发现他躺在草地上。因为him与lie之间是主动的关系，而且lie这个动作正在进行，所以就用现在分词。
4.Can Marry make himself_______ in English .
understood B. understand C. to understand D. understanding (A)
Marry讲英文，别人能听懂吗？这时，herself和understand之间就是被动关系了，而且强调这个动作的结果，所以我们用过去分词作宾补。
过去分词肯定表示动作和宾语之间是被动关系，而不定式和现在分词则是主动关系。现在分词和不定式的区别是？？？
I heard her singing a song 我听到她在唱歌
I heard her sing a song我听到她唱歌。
现在分词更强调正在进行。而不定式作宾补表示一个已完成的动作，强调动作的全过程，也就是说听到她唱这首歌的全部。一个是片段的，正在进行的，一个是全部的，完成的。
而且当宾补中有一系列表示主动关系的动作时，要用不定式来作宾补，不能用现在分词作宾补。
I　saw Tom climb up a ladder, open a big box, and put something in it.
我看见汤姆爬上一个弹子，打开一个大箱子，然后放了一些东西进去。
分词作状语可以表示时间、条件、原因、结果、让步和伴随状况等多种情况，不过在讲这些具体作状语的情况之前，有一点也是必须强调的。
5.Asked if he could come to the party that night, ______________. (D)
nobody said anything B.they did not get an answer from him
nothing was said by him D.John nodded and left the room
分词作状语最基本的一点，分词作状语时，它的逻辑主语和句子的主语要保持一致。
Followed by some officials ,Napoleon inspected his army.
拿破仑在一些官员的陪同下视察了军队。
6._______by the roaring thunder, the baby burst out crying.(D)
To frighten B. Frightening C.Frighten D.Frightened
与句子主语之间构成主动关系时，要用现在分词。
与句子主语之间构成被动关系时，要用过去分词
而且分词短评同时也表示了句子的原因，相当于Because the baby was frightened by the roaring thunder, he burst out crying.上面讲的是原因状语。
假如你走在路上，遇到了玛莉，这句话怎么说啊？
我走在路上，遇到了玛莉
While I was walking along the street, I met Mary 时间状语表达的.
Walking along the street ,I met Marry.　　　　分词短语作状语。
这样吧，我再来说一个条件状语从唏，你把它换成分词短语作条件状语吧。
If you turn to the left , you will find the school.
Turning to the left, you will find the school.
He came into the classroom, singing songs.
分词作状语我们已经讲了很多了，接着我们再来学习一下分词的时态和语态吧。
过去分词虽然只有一般式，但现在分词却有一般式和完成式，且有主动与被动之分。我们还是来做一道题　吧
7._______my homework, I went home(A)
A. Having finished B. Finished C. Being finished D. Finish
分词作状语时，它所表示的动作与谓语动作同时发生或几乎同时发生，如果状语中的动作发生在谓语动作之前，要用现在分词的完成式。
他们浇完花之后就开始扫地。Having watered the flower ,he began to sweep the floor.
现在分词的被动语态。
现在分词被动式表示“正在被……”的含义，而其完成式的被动式表示在谓语动作发生之前“曾经被……”的含义
8.The building _______ will be completed next year. (D)
having been built B. built C. building D. being built
现在分词是doing 形式，它的被动语态应该是being done,
现在分词完成式是having done,
完成式的被动语态是having been done.
正在演的电影很有趣The movie being shown is very interesting.
现在分词完成式的被动语态，表示这个动作发生在句子谓语动作之前，且是被动的，比如：
.Having been hung out for two hours, the wet sheets must be dry now.
9._______his answer ,she sent a second letter.
Receiving not B. Having received not C.Not being received D.Not having received
这句话分词的动作receive和主语she 是主动的关系，所以应该是用现在分词，而且“没有收到”这个动作发生在寄第二封信之前，用分词的完成式比较合适。
分词的否定形式是直接在分词前面加not
总结：
从语态上来看，现在分词表示主动含义，而及物动词的过去分词一般表示被动含义。
从时态上来看，现在分词表示进行中的动作，而过去分词表示已经完成的动作。
刚开始像是望着一座大山，根本没有信心爬得上去，而蹭过程虽然有些漫长，但是如今站在山顶，当然是又轻松又自豪了。
分词的用法和形式
分词
现在分词
含主动意义
动作正在进行
有一般式和完成式，有主动语态和被动语态
过去分词
含被动意义
动作已经完成
只有一般式
分词的时态和语态
现在分词
过去分词
及物动词
不及物动词
及物动词
不及物动词
一般式
主动
doing
going
done
gone
被动
being done
/
Done
/
完成式
主动
having done
Having gone
/
/
被动
Having been done
/
/
/
分词专项训练：
1.She’s upstairs ______ letters .
A. writes B. is writing C. write D. writing
2.There are three women in the office ______ to see you .
A. to ask B. to be asked C. asking D. being asked
3. ______ ,teachers love the students who work hard.
A. General spoken B. Honest speaking C. Generally speaking D. To speak generally
4.On the way to school, the girl found a key ______on the ground .
A. lied B. lying C. to lie D. lies
5.Be careful when ______ the street .
A.. cross B. crossing C. crossed D. acrossing
6.The problem seems quite ______.
A. wondering B. puzzling C. wondered D. puzzled
7.He sent us an invitation, ______ us to his birthday party.
A. asking B. to ask c. being asked D. to be asked
8. It may be necessary to put up a notice ______ “Keep Off “
A. said B. says C. saying D. being said.
9.I saw some cars ______ at the gate
A. wait to check B. wait being checked C. waiting to be checked D. waiting to check
10.The movie sounds ______. How did it end.?
A. like exciting b. excited C. being exciting D. exciting
11. ______ the new of his father’s death, he burst into tears .
A. After hearing B. On hearing C. Having heard D.Heard
12. The building ______ now will be our school library.
A. built B. to be built C. is being built D. being built
13.How did you find the lecture this evening ?
Very __________ . I doubt if I will come for his lecture next time .
encouraging B. encouraged C. disappointing D. disappointed
14. ______ the natives’ tents, the settlers burnt them.
A. Seized B. Seizing C.Having seized D.Having been seized
15.The actor came in with many people________.
A.to follow B.following C.followed D.being followed
16.________ so many people before him,he felt quite nervous.
A.To see B.Having seen C.Seen D.Seening
17.________,we’ll go there on foot.
A.Weather permits B.Weather permit C.Weather permitting D.Weather is permitted
18．Why do men go to cities ____women to carry on with the work?
A.to leave b. left C.being left D.leaving
19.The Golden Gate Bridge,_____ several hundred years ago,is worldwide famous.
A.which is built B.which built C.having built D.built
20.I have had the computer_________ because my father had me__________ it.
A.repair;done B.repaired;do C.repairing;do D.repaired;done
21._____in thought ,he almost ran into the car in front of him.
A.Losing B.Having lost C.Lost D.To lost
22.The Olympic Games,_________ in 776 B.C.,did not include women player until 1912.
A.first playing B.to be first played C.first played D.to be first playing
23.Many________ countries borrowed money from richer countries_________industry.
A.developed,in order to develop B.developing,develop
C.less-developed,so as to develop D.less-developing,in order to develop
24.Midk,_________ a lawyer,went out of the hotel.
A.dressing in B.dressed in C.dressed as D.dressing as
25.----Gool judge,I beg for mercy.
----I shall not________ ,but you have to take the punishment.
A.have you kill B.be killing you C.get you killed D.have killed you
26.Thus Ellis Island__________ the “Island of Tears”.
A.became known as B.became known for C.become known for D.get to be known as
27.Four men were not quick enough to escape the flames and their________fodies were found later.
A.burning B.burn C.burnt D.being burnt
28.________,the city looks beautiful.
A.Seeing from the hill B.Seen from the hill
C.To see from the hill D.To be seen from the hill
29.____________ for several times ,we decided not to do it again.
A.Having scolded B.Having been scolded
C.She has been scolded D.Since she was scolded
30.______ for coming late,he dared not come late again.
A.Criticizing B.Criticized C.Being criticized D.Having been criticized
1-9DABAD DADD
1，D对。现在分词短语作伴随状语。
2，C对。用现在分词表示主动状态。
3，C对。表示“总体说来”的短语是：generally speaking.
4，B对。修饰key,所以lie这个动作是主动的，用现在分词。
D错。这里是作宾语补足语，用分词而不用动词。
5，B对。现在分词作状语，前面可以有连词。
6，B对。修饰主语problem,应该用现在分词作表语，表示“令人困惑不解”。
7，A对。相对于主语he,这个动作是主动的，所以用现在分词。
8，C对。用现在分词表示伴随状态。
9, C对。see…doing表示“看见某动作的发生”，用不定式表示目的。B错。现在分词短语being checked表示“正在进行的一种状态”，而这里表示车辆等候的目的，用不定式。
10，D对。现在分词修饰事物，过去分词修饰人。
11，B对。相当于as soon as he heard.
C错。hear和burst into tears的动作几乎是同时发生的，所以不能用分词完成式。
12，D对。现在分词的被动形式作定语，表示“正在被”。
C错。如果形成定语从句，则缺少关系词和从句主语which。
13，C对。disappointing表示“令人感到失望的”。
A错。encouaging表示“鼓舞人心的”，不合题意。
14，C对。用现在分词完成时表示这个动作发生在另一个动作之前，也表示了因果关系。
15，B对。修饰people，所以follow这个动作是主动的。
16，D对。句子的主语是he，所以分词应该用表示主动的现在分词。
B错。分词完成时强调两个动作发生的先后顺序，这里是强调伴随状态，不表示先后顺序。
17，C对。用现在分词短语作条件状语，此处是独立主格。
A错。缺连词，可以说if weather permits。
18，D 相对于men，这个动作是主动的。
19，D对。过去分词作定语表被动。C错。这里是被动关系，不能用现在分词完成式。
20，B对。分别是have sth. done, have sb. do句型。
21，C对。be lost in thought表示“陷入沉思”。
B错。现在分词作状语，表主动意义，句中是被动的。
22，C对。
23，C对。less-developed countries是“欠发达国家”；so as to 表示“为了”。
D错。“发展”不用less-developing表示。
24，C对。打扮得像律师。D错。dress是及物动词，这里应用其过去分词形式。
25，C对。get sb. done表示“使某人被……”。
B错。句意不符。本句的意思是“我可以不杀你，但是你得接受惩罚”。
26，A对。be(become)known as 是“被认为是……”。
B错。be known for表示“以其……而著名”。
27，C对。burnt表示“烧焦的”。A错。现在分词表示主动意义，和句意不符。
28，B对。“城市”和“看”是被动关系。分词结构seen from the hill作状语。
A错。城市是主语，和动作see不是主动关系。
29，B对。整个句子的主语we是动作的承受者，所以要用分词被动式。
30，D对。表达了主语和动作是被动的，同时也表达了分词结构所说的事情发生在前这一点，所以用现在分词完成式的被动语态。
分词选用并不难弄清逻辑是关键
有关分词的单项填空题时,经常会遇到选doing(现在分词)还是done(过去分词)的问题。有些同学对此搞不清楚,经常混淆。其实,只要弄清现在分词和过去分词的意义,并且知道在选择分词时关键要看分词与其逻辑主语的关系,问题便迎刃而解了。
分词的基本用法简单概括为:现在分词表示"主动、进行";过去分词表示"被动、 完成"。如果分词与其逻辑主语之间是主谓关系,选用表示主动意义的现在分词;若分词与其逻辑主语之间是动宾关系,则选用表示被动意义的过去分词。下面根据分词在句中的作用分别加以说明。
一、 分词作定语
分词作定语时,其逻辑主语就是所修饰的词。选用现在分词还是过去分词就看其与逻辑主语的关系。如果分词与其逻辑主语是意义上的主谓关系,则选用现在分词;如果是动宾关系,则选用过去分词。例如:
The man standing by the window is our English teacher. 站在窗边的那个人是我们的英语老师。(the man与stand构成逻辑上的主谓关系)
An island is a small piece of land surrounded by water.岛屿就是一小片被水围绕的陆地。(surround与land构成逻辑上的动宾关系)
注意:现在分词一般式的被动式(being done)与过去分词(done)都表示被动意义,但意思不同。being done表示正在进行的被动动作;done表示动作已经结束。
[真题回放]
1. The picture ________ on the wall is painted by my nephew.
A. having hung B. hanging C. hangs D. being hung
2. Dont use words, expressions, or phrases ________ only to people with specific knowledge.
A. being known B. having been known C. to be known D. known
二、分词作状语
分词作状语时,其逻辑主语是句子中的主语。如果分词与其逻辑主语之间是主谓关系,选择表示主动意义的现在分词;如果是动宾关系,则选择过去分词。例如:
Seen from the Moon, our Earth, with water covering 70% of its surface, appears to be a blue ball.从月球上看,被水覆盖了
70%表面的我们的地球就像是一个蓝色的球体。(see与其逻辑主语the earth在逻辑上是被动关系,所以使用过去分词形式)
Seeing nobody at home, I decided to come again.看到没人在家,我决定再来一趟。(逻辑主语I与see在逻辑上是主谓关系)
[真题回放]
3. ________ such heavy pollution already, it may now be too late to clean up the river.
A. Having suffered B. Suffering C. To suffer D. Suffered
4. The research is so designed that once ________ nothing can be done to change it.
A. begins B. having begun C. beginning D. begun
三、 分词作补足语
分词作主语补足语或宾语补足语时,其逻辑主语是前面的主语或宾语。若分词是主语或宾语发出的动作,用现在分词;若分词是主语或宾语的被动动作,用过去分词。
[真题回放]
5. A cook will be immediately fired if he is found ________ in the kitchen.
A. smoke B. smoking C. to smoke D. smoked
6. The managers discussed the plan that they would like to see ________ the next year.
A. carry out B. carrying out C. carried out D. to carry out
四、 分词作表语
分词作表语时,看分词与主语的关系。若是主谓关系,用现在分词;若是动宾关系,用过去分词。另外,要注意amuse, bore, disappoint, excite, fascinate, freeze, frighten, horrify, inspire, interest, move, surprise, touch等的用法。其同根形容词有现在分词和过去分词两种形式。现在分词表示主语所具有的特征,意思是"令人......的";过去分词表示主语所处的状态,意思是"......的"。
[真题回放]
7. - Im very ________ with my own cooking. It looks nice and smells delicious.
-Mm, it does have a ________ smell.
A. pleasant; pleased B. pleased; pleased
C. pleasant; pleasant D. pleased; pleasant
答案: 1-5 BDADB 6-7 CD
分词专项练习
1. _____ from the top of the TV tower, and we can get a beautiful sight of most
of the city.
A. To see B. Seen C. Seeing D. See
2. All things _____, the planned trip will have to be called off.
A. be considered B. considering C. having considered D. considered
3. ______ the big snake, the little girl stood under the tree _____ out of her life.
A. Saw; frightened B. Seen; frightened
C. To see; frightening D. Seeing; frightened
4. Generally speaking, ______ according to the directions, the drug has no side effect.
A. When taking B. when taken C. when to take D. when to be taken
5. The research is so designed that once ______ nothing can be done to change it.
A. begins B. begun C. beginning D. having begun
6. _____ in 1613, Harvard is one of the most famous universities in the United Stated.
A. being founded B. Founded C. It was founded D. Founding
7. If you go to Xi’an, you will find the palaces there more magnificent than commonly _____.
A. supposed B. supposing C. to suppose D. suppose
8. _____ more attention, the tree could have grown better.
A. Given B. To give C. Giving D. Having given
9. In order not to be disturbed, I spent three hours _____ my study.
A. locking B. to lock C. locked D. being locked
10. _____ with the size of the whole earth, the highest mountain does not seem high at all.
A. When compared B. Compare C. While comparing D. Comparing
11. Mrs. Bush stood ______ for a moment when an old soldier suddenly appeared before her.
A. surprised B. surprising C. being surprised D. to be surprised
12. ____ alone in the dark room, the little boy was so frightened as to cry.
A. Leaving B. Left C. To be left D. Having left
13. _____ to complete the job on time, they set out to work immediately.
A. Being determined B. On having determined
C. Determined D. To be determined
14. ______ in a friendly way, their quarrel came to an end.
A. Being settled B. Having settled C. Settled D. Settling
15. If law-breaker ____, the society will be in disorder.
A. made unpunished B. came unpunished
C. not punished D. went unpunished
16. He must be angry, for we heard the glass ____ on the floor.
A, being broken B. break C. to be break D. broken
17. You can fly to the UK this morning _____ you don’t mind changing planes in
A. because B. provided C. unless D. so far as
18. _____ in this way, the situation doesn’t seem so disappointing.
A. To look B. Looking at C. Looked at D. To be looked at
19. _____ in a recent science competition, the three students were awarded
scholarship totaling 21,000 dollars.
A. To be judged the best B. Judged the best
C. Having judged the best D. Judging the best
20. A cool rain was falling, _____ with snow.
A. mixed B. mixing C. to mix D. having mixed
21. Most of the photographers _____ to the conference were from north Europe.
A. invited B. to invite C. being invited D. having invited
22. The assistant worked late into the night, _____ a long speech for the
president.
A. to have repaired B. repairing
C. repaired D. having repaired
23. “Can’t you read?” Mary said _____ to the notice.
A. angrily pointing B. and point angrily
C. angrily pointed D. and angrily pointing
24. The missing singer was last seen _____ the voice close to the bridge.
A. exercising B. to be exercising C. exercise D. to exercise
25. The directors discussed the project that they would like to see ____ the next
year.
A. carry out B. carrying out C. carried out D. to carry out
26. The visiting minister expressed his satisfaction with the talks, _____ that he
had enjoyed his stay here.
A. having added B. to add C. adding D. added
27. The speaker raised his voice but couldn’t make himself _____.
A. hear B. to hear C. hearing D. heard
28. A cook will be fired immediately if he is found _____ in the kitchen.
A. smoke B. smoking C. to smoke D. smoked



Answers
1~~5 DDDBB 6~~10 BAACA
11~~15 ABCCD 16~~20 ABCBA
21~~25ABAAC 26~~28CDB
动名词、不定式、分词练习
1.　I was ______ work last week, but I changed my mind.
　　a. to start　　b. to have started　　c. to be starting　　d. to have been starting
2.　I intended ______ the matter with you, but I had some guests hen.
　　a. discuss　　b. discussing　　c. having discussed　　d. to have discussed
3.　Don’t let me catch you ______.
　　a. do that again　　b. to do that again　　c. doing that again　　d. done that again
4.　There are many kinds of metals ______.
　　a.　each has its special properties　　b. one has its special properties
　　b.　each having its special properties　　d. having its special properties
5.　It’s pay-day, and they’re waiting ______.
　　a. for paying　　b. to be paid　　c. to be paying　　d. to have paid
6.　_______ trouble, I’m going to forget the whole affair.
　　a. Then rather cause　　b. Rather causing
　　c. Rather than cause　　d. Rather than caused
7.　The brilliance of his satires was ______ make even his victims laugh.
　　a. so as to　　b. such as to　　c. so that　　d. such that
8.　Children with parents whose guidance is firm, consistent, and rational are inclined ______ high levels of self-confidence.
　　a. possess　　b. have possessed　　c. to possess　　d. possessing
9.　The worker is ______ in repairing the machine to notice my coming.
　　a. too busy　　b. enough busy　　c. busy too　　d. busy enough
10. “What did you do in the garden?”
　　“I watched my father ______ his motorbike.”
　　a. to repair　　b. repaired　　c. repairing　　d. repairs
11. We must have an engineer ______ the workers build the house.
　　a. to see　　b. see　　c. seeing　　d. seen
12. Induction means ______ a general conclusion from special facts.
　　a. to come to　　b. to coming　　c. coming to　　d. came
13. I’m not going to ask the teacher why he gave me that grade; I intend _______.
　　a. to let rest the matter　　b. the matter to be let resting
　　c. letting the matter to rest　　d. to let the matter rest
14. I have tried _______ worrying about it.
　　a. to stop consciously　　b. to consciously stop
　　c. to conscious stopping　　d. to stopping consciously
15. “Do you want to give a talk on that subject?”
　　“I prefer ______ .”
　　a. not want　　b. not wanting　　c. to not giving　　d. not to
16. I _______ the truth of your remarks, although they go against my interests.
　　a. cannot but admit　　b. cannot help but to admit
　　c. cannot but admitting　　d. cannot help but admitting
17. Since she is angry, we ______.
　　a. had better leaving her alone　　b. should leave her alone
　　c. might as well leave her alone　　d. had rather leave her alone
18. I don’t allow ______ in my office and I don’t allow my family ______ at all.
　　a. to smoke…smoking　　b. smoking…to smoke
　　c. to smoke…to smoke　　d. smoking…smoking
19. You should remember ______ from the point when you are writing a composition.
　　a. don’t wander　　b. not to wander　　c. no wandering　　d. not wander
20. Grace advised us to withdraw ______.
　　a. so as to get not involved　　b. so as not to get involved
　　c. so that to get not involved　　d. as not to get involved
21. He ran all the way up to the station ______ that the train had left fifteen minutes before.
　　a. in order to find　　b. so as to find　　c. only to find　　d. such as to find
22. George went hunting for a week but still he didn’t find a room ______.
　　a. to live　　b. to live in　　c. for living　　d. to be living in
23. You should really avoid ______ at home alone as he is old and ill.
　　a. your father stay　　b. your father to stay
　　c. your father’s staying　　d. your father who stays
24. John didn’t want to risk ______ wet as he had only one suit.
　　a. getting　　b. to get　　c. being got　　d. to be gotten
25. I’m disappointed with the new officers elected in our club, but there is no point _______ about it.
　　a. to worry　　b. in worrying　　c. with us worrying　　d. if we worry
26. It won’t be any use ______ to borrow any more money.
　　a. you to try　　b. of your trying　　c. trying you　　d. your trying
27. The law requires all cars _______ for safety and efficiency.
　　a. being tested regularly　　b. to be regularly tested
　　c. be regularly tested　　d. regularly tested
28. I remember ______ to the zoo by my father when I was little.
　　a. being taken　　b. taking　　c. have been taken　　d. to have taken
29. I completely forgot ______ the front door last night and feel fortunate that nothing is stolen.
　　a. locking　　b. being locked　　c. to lock　　d. to have locked
30. I regret ______ you that your application has been refused.
　　a. informing　　b. being informed　　c. to be informed　　d. to inform
31. I didn’t mean ______ anything, but these apples looked so good I couldn’t resist ______ one.
　　a. to eat…trying　　b. to eat…o trying　　c. eating…to try　　d. eating…to trying
32. I know it isn’t important but I can’t help ______ about it.
　　a. but to think　　b. thinking　　c. think　　d. to think
33. The ship, ______ to a shapeless wreck, was hardly recognizable.
　　a. being reduced　　b. reducing　　c. reduced　　d. having been reducing
34. The young doctor could not sleep at night, his thoughts ______ him no peace.
　　a. gave　　b. giving　　c. being given　　d. to give
35. After a long walk on a hot day, one feels ______.
　　a. exhaustive　　b. exhausting　　c. exhaust　　d. exhausted
36. Those relatives of his are ______ . I don’t want to have any dealings with them.
　　a. boring people　　b. bored people
　　c. people having bored　　d. people having boring
37. You must follow the directions exactly and if you become ______, you must take the time to go back again and reread them.
　　a. to confuse　　b. confusing　　c. confuse　　d. confused
38. There is something wrong with my TV set, I must have it ______.
　　a. checking　　b. check　　c. to check　　d. checked
39. He was just about to jump up when he felt something ______ near his feet.
　　a. to move　　b. move　　c. moving　　d. moved
40. ______ with the corresponding period of last year, the output of chemical fibers in the first quarter rose by 15%.
　　a. Comparing　　b. To compare　　c. Compared　　d. Compare
41. “Was the rally successful?’
　　“No, because the number of ______ was smaller than we had expected.”
　　a. people who attend　　b. attended people
　　c. people attending　　d. attendance of people
42. Uncle Dick has already arrive. Do you expect ______ to see him?
a.　Going　　b. go　　c. to go　　d. that you go
43. From the electric refrigerator Dick takes a carton of cream, another of fresh milk and a can of ______ orange juice.
a.　frozen　　b. froze　　c. freezing　　d. freezed
44. He felt bad for ______ a chance to study abroad.
　　a. having not given　　b. not having given
　　c. having not been given　　d. not having been given
45. In some countries there are already a number of firms ______ computer programming.
　　a. specialize in　　b. specialized in　　c. specializing in　　d. specializes in
46. The young man who saw the car ______ into the river telephoned the police station.
　　a. plunge　　b. plunged　　c. was plunging　　d. to plunge
47. While she was shopping, she kept ______ the list to make sure she hadn’t forgotten anything.
　　a. checked　　b. checking　　c. to check　　d. check
48. You’d better ______.
　　a. to have your shoes mended　　b. to have mended your shoes
　　c. have your shoes mended　　d. having your shoes mended
49. The machines are made ______ at full speed.
　　a. work　　b. working　　c. to work　　d. to be worked
50. It is certain that men will never stop ______ new energy sources to power their growing industry.
　　a. finding　　b. to find　　c. having found　　d. found
51. It is really quite extraordinary that we should have been at the same college without ______ before.
　　a. met　　b. being met　　c. having met　　d. having been met
52. Professor Smith is said ______ another important discovery in chemistry.
　　a. having made　　b. having been made　　c. to have made　　d. to make
53. Without the sun’s light ______ the earth’s surface, it would be so cold that life could not exist on the earth.
　　a. warms　　b. warmed　　c. warming　　d. to warm
54. The rocket will weigh about 200 tons when ______.
　　a. being completed　　b. completedcompleting　　d. have been completed
55. There are plans ______ a number of atomic power station in this regions.
　　a. to build　　b. to be built　　c. building　　d. being built
56. All of us are looking forward to ______ a trip to the Ming Tombs.
　　a. make　　b. making　　c. to making　　d. have made
57. I can’t understand ______ a decision until it is too late.
　　a. him to postpone to make　　b. his postponing to make
　　c. him to postponing making　　d. his postponing making
58. I would like ______ that I don’t have a very high opinion of you.
　　a. to have you know　　b. have you know
　　c. to have your known　　d. having you know
59. I had intended ______ him while he was living at Aberdeen.
　　a. visiting　　b. visit　　c. to have visited　　d. having visited
60. Do you consider better _______ ?
　　a. not doing it again　　b. not do it again
　　c. not having done it again　　d. not to do it again
61. The famous scientist was easy_______ along with.
　　a. to get　　b. for getting　　c. getting　　d. got
62. The students will have more discussions like this in the weeks ______.
　　a. coming　　b. to come　　c. come　　d. to be coming
63. He felt lonely at first, but after a time he got ______ alone and even got ______ it.
　　a. used to living…to like　　b. used to live… to like
　　c. using to live…liking　　d. to be used to living…liking
64. Our master raised his voice so that the could make himself ______ by the pupils in the back of the hall.
　　a. hear　　b. heard　　c. hearing　　d. to be heard
65. When he awoke, he found himself ______ in the hospital and ______ by an old woman.
　　a. lying…being looked after　　b. lying…be looking after
　　c. lie…be looked after　　d. lie…being looked after
66. ______ from the hill-top the lake scenery is beyond description.
　　a. To see　　b. Seeing　　c. Seen　　d. Having seen
67. ______ in the strange forest, the poor girls fell to ______.
　　a. Lost…crying　　b. Lost…cry　　c. To lost…cry　　d. Having been lost…crying
68. They’ll have you ______ if you don’t pay your taxes.
　　a. to be arrested　　b. arrest　　c. arrested　　d. being arrested
69. All flights ______ because of the storm, they decided to take the train.
　　a. having cancelled　　b. were cancelled
　　c. have been cancelled　　d. having been cancelled
70. Although it was very late when John began doing the job, he managed with his friend’s assistance, ______ before the building was locked.
　　a. to be finished　　b. being finished　　c. finishing　　d. to finish
71. Despite the earnest efforts of various private groups as well as government agencies, many of the problems have not yet been solved, and much remains to ______.
　　a. have been done　　b. be done　　c. have done　　d. do
72. ______ that bad weather was on the way, the climbers decided to put off their attempt on Eiger until the following week.
　　a. Having told　　b. Being told　　c. Telling　　d. Having been told
73. Members of the Government itself acknowledge many of their predictions _______ wildly over-optimistic.
　　a. to be　　b. being　　c. to have been　　d. having been
74. The match was cancelled because most of the members ______ a match without a standard court.
　　a. objected to having　　b. objected to have
　　c. were objected to have　　d. were objected to having
75. The teacher doesn’t permit ______ in class.
　　a. smoke　　b. smoking　　c. to smoke　　d. to have smoke
76. I like watching TV______ to the cinema.
　　a. more than to go　　b. more than going
　　c. than going　　d. rather than to go
77. The manager promised to keep me ______ of how our business was going on.
　　a. to be informed　　b. informed　　c. on informing　　d. informing
78. Mrs. Brown is supposed ______ for Italy last week.
　　a. to have left　　b. to leave　　c. to be leaving　　d. to have been left
79. Dorothy went to work quietly, ______ to work as hard as she coul　　d.
　　a. her mind being made up　　b. with her mind made up
　　c. with her mind making up　　d. he mind making up
80. Husband and wife with a common duty to the country will find themselves ______ closer together.
　　a. been drawn　　b. drawn　　c. to draw　　d. drawing
81. Here we found little snow, as most of it seemed ______ blown off the mountain.
　　a. to have been　　b. that it was　　c. to be　　d. that it had been
82. ______ halfway through the exercise, the teacher changed his mind and collected all our papers.
　　a. When only being　　b. When we were only
　　c. Being only　　d. Having been
83. Some passengers are reading the morning paper, others are talking with one another, ______ nervously for the train.
　　a. to wait　　b. are waiting　　c. waiting　　d. being waited
84. There’s one thing I dislike about him: he will never admit ______ a mistake.
　　a. having made　　b. making　　c. being made　　d. have been made
85. Stan spent half a year ______ material for his new book.
　　a. to collect　　b. collect　　c. collecting　　d. collected
86. It’s no use ______ me not to worry.
　　a. you tell　　b. your telling　　c. for you to have told　　d. having told
87. The chairman insists that there be a meeting _______ within the shortest possible time.
　　a. to hold　　b. to be held　　c. to have been held　　d. to be holding
88. When the famous pianist was a child, he was accustomed ______ for several hours a day.
　　a. to practicing　　b. to practice　　c. to be practicing　　d. to have practiced.
89. In China hundreds of different dialects are spoken; people of some villages ______ themselves understood by the inhabitants of the next town.
　　a. making trouble have　　b. have making trouble
　　c. have trouble making　　d. trouble making have
90. It’s a wonderful place for anyone ______ in architecture, as you are.
　　a. interesting　　b. to be interested　　c. being interested　　d. interested
91. Another feature worth ______ is the role of information throughout a feedback control system..
　　a. noticed　　b. noticing　　c. being noticed　　d. notice
92. I believe ______ very largely due to mistaken views of the world.
　　a. this unhappiness are　　b. to be this unhappiness
　　c. this be unhappiness　　d. this unhappiness to be
93. When they met, Leonards and his enemy were fighting ______.
　　a. killed each other　　b. to kill each other
　　c. killing each other　　d. to be killed each other
94. Before the invention of aero-planes, ______ in the sky like a bird was only a dream.
　　a. men fly　　b. to fly　　c. for flying　　d. man flys
95. At last they succeeded ______ the job.
　　a. to persuade him to take　　b. in persuading him to take
　　c. to persuade him taking　　d. in persuading him taking
96. All that it does is ______ the place of a house wife.
　　a. takes　　b. taking　　c. take　　d. being taken
97. He listened to me ______ what Mr. Smith had said the day before.
　　a. to repeat　　b. to be repeated　　c. to repeating　　d. repeat
98. He could do little except ______.
　　a. writing　　b. write　　c. written　　d. to write
99. The electric shaver ______ before it can be used.
　　a. needs repairing　　b. requires to repair
　　b.　should be in repair　　d. has to be repairable
100. ______ a problem requiring multiplication or division, the computer solves it by adding or subtracting.
　　a. Giving 　　b. Having given　　c. Being given　　d. Given
101. You can fly to London this evening ______ you don’t mind changing planes in Paris.
　　a. provided　　b. except　　c. unless　　d. so far as
102. Students from the south prefer _______.
　　a. eat rice than bread　　b. eating rice than bread
　　c. eating rice to eating bread　　d. eating rice to eat bread
103. Would you be ______ to help me with my luggage?
　　a. enough kind　　b. kind enough
　　c. too kind　　d. kind too
104. The father advise ______ the second-hand car.
　　a. his son to not buy　　b. his son not to buy
　　c. his son’s no buying　　d. that his son not to buy
105. “Do you intend to come with us?”
　　“Yes, ______.”
　　a. I intend so　　b. I intend that　　c. I intend to　　d. I intend
106. It takes a whole year for the earth ______ round the sun once.
　　a. traveling　　b. to travel　　c. traveled　　d. travels
107. The factory ______ next year will be one of the largest in this city.
　　a. to build　　b. to be built　　c. being built　　d. having been built
108. With the guide ______ the way, we set off on foot into the dark night.
　　a. leading　　b. led　　c. leads　　d. to lead
109. They got the work ______ before the rainy season set in.
　　a. to do　　b. done　　c. doing　　d. did
110. Things are known ______ when they unite with the oxygen of the air.
　　a. burning　　b. to burn　　c. burn　　d. being burning
111. He was thoroughly ashamed ______ so much money on such an ugly picture.
　　a. for spending　　b. with spending
　　c. to have spent　　d. of having spent
112. ______ of the burden of ice, the balloon climbed up and drifted to the South.
　　a. To be free　　b. Freeing　　c. To free　　d. Freed
113. The bank is reported in the local newspaper ______ in broad daylight yesterday.
　　a. to be robbed　　b. robbed　　c. to have been robbed　　d. having been robbed
114. There seemed little hope that the explorer, ______ in the tropical forest, would find his way through it.
　　a. to be deserted　　b. having deserted
　　c. to have been deserted　　d. having been deserted
115. “Where should I send my application?”
　　“The Personnel Office is the place ______.”
　　a. to sent it　　b. sent it to　　c. to send it to　　d. for sending it
116. The publisher will send you a specimen copy of their new book ______.
　　a. when it will be requested　　b. when they are requested
　　c. when requested　　d. when request it
117. Rome is the city ______.
　　a. I rather most like to visit　　b. I’d most like to visit
　　c. I’m rather to visit most　　d. I’d prefer most to visit
118. There ______ no further business, the meeting came to a stop.
　　a. being　　b. was　　c. been　　d. had been
119. Please remind me ______ some eggs for the coming party.
　　a. buy　　b. to buy　　c. ofbuying　　d. for buying
120. Don’t say anything at the meeting unless ______.
　　a. asking　　b. asked　　c. being asked　　d. to be asked
121. The radio announced that all flights ______ have been cancelled because of the fog.
　　a. go out　　b. gone out　　c. going out　　d. will go out
122. What’s the use ______ extra leisure time if you don’t know what to do?
　　a. have　　b. to have　　c. being have　　d. of knowing
123. ______ mathematical concepts of some students was very difficult because the students did not have a math background.
　　a. Explain　　b. Explaining　　c. Have explained　　d. Having explained
124. Although John was the oldest in the family, he always let his sister _____ charge of the house.
　　a. to take　　b. taking　　c. take　　d. taken
125. Commercial banks make most of their income from interest ______ on loans and investment in stocks and bonds.
　　a. earn　　b. earned　　c. to earn　　d. was earned
126. Amelia Earhart, the first woman ______ a solo flight across the Atlantic Ocean, was born in 1898.
　　a. makes　　b. made　　c. making　　d. to make
127. It is impossible for the plan ______.
　　a. to put into practice　　b. not to put into practice
　　c.　to be put into practice　　d. to be not put into practice
128. ______ is what she wants to know.
　　a. Who to do it　　b. Whom to do it
　　c. Who does it do　　d. Whom doing it
129. My wife suggested ______ to Scotland for a holiday, but I favor ______ Wales instead.
　　a. to go…to visit　　b. going …visiting
　　c. to go…visiting　　d. going …to visit
130. There are several ______ leaves on the ground.
　　a. falling　　b. fallen　　c. to fall　　d. fell
动名词、不定式、分词练习答案
1
B
19
B
37
D
55
A
73
C
91
B
109
B
127
C
2
D
20
B
38
D
56
B
74
A
92
D
110
B
128
A
3
C
21
C
39
C
57
D
75
B
93
B
111
D
129
B
4
C
22
B
40
C
58
A
76
B
94
B
112
D
130
B
5
B
23
C
41
C
59
B
77
B
95
B
113
C
?
?
6
C
24
A
42
C
60
D
78
A
96
C
114
D
?
?
7
B
25
B
43
A
61
A
79
B
97
D
115
C
?
?
8
C
26
D
44
D
62
B
80
B
98
B
116
C
?
?
9
A
27
B
45
C
63
A
81
A
99
A
117
B
?
?
10
C
28
A
46
A
64
B
82
B
100
D
118
A
?
?
11
B
29
C
47
B
65
A
83
C
101
A
119
B
?
?
12
C
30
D
48
C
66
C
84
A
102
C
120
B
?
?
13
D
31
A
49
C
67
A
85
C
103
B
121
C
?
?
14
B
32
B
50
A
68
C
86
B
104
B
122
D
?
?
15
D
33
C
51
D
69
D
87
B
105
C
123
B
?
?
16
B
34
B
52
C
70
D
88
A
106
B
124
C
?
?
17
D
35
D
53
C
71
B
89
C
107
B
125
B
?
?
18
D
36
A
54
B
72
D
90
D
108
A
126
D
?
?
Where there is a will,there is a way.地点状语从句
状语从句――――时间、地点、原因、条件、目的、结果、让步、比较、方式一共九种。
学习状语从句的重点是连接从句的的选择，当然和意，就比如时间状语从句吧。
The new secretary is supposed to report to the manager as soon as she________.
A.will arrive B.arrives C.is going to arrive D.is arriving
在时间状语从句中，当主句是将来时或含有情态动词时，从句通常用一般现在时代替将来时。（B）
每当他们遇到困难时，我们就去帮助他们。
We will go to help them whenever they meet with difficulties
可以引导时间状语从句的词很多，比如when ,wile,as等等。
When ,while,as的区别
I was reading a novel________he watching TV.
A.when B.while C.before D.as 2
While表示一段时间并表示对比，从句中不能用点动词；when还可以表示从句动作发生在主句动作之前或之后；as表示“一边。。。。。一边。。。。。”
While表示对比不只可以用在时间状语从句中。
Some people like coffee,while others like tea.有人喜欢咖啡，而有人则喜欢茶，强调了对比。When you have finished your work,you may have a rest.当你工作做完的时候，你可以休息一会儿。从句的finish发生前，才会有rest(休息)这个动作发生。在这种情况下，就只能用when,而不能用while或as,除此以外，when还有一点比较特殊。
When可以表示“那时突然”的意思，而其他两个词则还可以，比如说，我在看电视的时候，他突然进来了，就可以说：I was watching TV,When he suddenly came in.
As通常表示“一边。。。一边”的意思，比如我边洗碗边唱歌就可以说“As I was washing the dishes,I was singing songs.”另外，它还可以表示”“随时间推移”，这就是它的特殊之处了。
You will grow wiser as you grow older.
引导时间状语的从句还有before,after,once,until等。这个until的用法也需要注意，下面我们就来看看它该怎么用吧。
People don’t know the value of freedom________they have lost it.
until B.when C.since D.as
till和until表示“直到。。。。。。才。。。。。。”要和延续性动词连用，not….until是固定搭配。
Not….until……√ not….till,而且until可用于句首，而till通常不用于句首，比如：Until you told me,I had heard nothing of what happened。
直到你告诉我，我才知道出了什么事
还有几个连接时间状语从句的关联词，表示“一…..就。。。。”的结构，他们是：as soon as,the moment,no sooner….than ,hardly/scarcely….when. Tony,这些关联词你用用吗？
值得注意的是这几个关联词的量才而为和语序的不同用法。量才而为上，as soon as和the moment所在的复合句中，主句和从句通常都用过去时，no sooner…..than和hardly/scarcely…when所在的复合句中，主句一般用过去时，而从句用过去完成时。
________had he gone to bed. ________he fell asleep.
The moment,/ B.No sooner,than C.When,hardly D.As soon as,/
当no sooner或者hardly在句首时，从句要倒装。
我刚一到家，就开始下雨了。
As soon as I got home,it began to rain.
The moment I got home,it began to rain.
I　had no sooner got home than it began to rain.
Hardly had I got home when it began to rain.
no sooner….than和hardly….when说一下，至少要一句倒装啊。
地点状语从句：
You should make it a rule to leave things___________you can find them again.
when B.where C.then D.there.
地点状语比较简单，由where或wherever引导，像这道题，就是说你应该把东西放在你可以再找到的地方，并形成规矩，就是用where引导的地点状语从句。
Where既可以引导地点状语从句也可以引导定语从句，区别在于当where引导定语从句时，前面有它所修饰的先行词，而地点状语从句没有。
Whereever I am,I will be thinking of you.不管我在哪里，我都会想着你的。
无论在哪里。
引导原因状语从句的词可不像地点状语从句这么简单，原因状语从句可以由because,since,as和now that引导。
_________everybody is here,let’s begin our meeting.
When B.For C.Because D.Since
Because口气最强，用来回答why提出的问题；since表示已经知道的，显而易见的事实或理由，常翻译成“既然，鉴于”；as证据较弱，表示比较明显的原因，且比较口语化。For 连接的并列句也可以表示原因，但还是直接原因，而是推断的情况，在这种情况下for不能放在句首。
He must have passed this way for here are his footprints.他一定经过了这条路，因为这里留下了他的脚印。
因为我害怕，所以我没有去。
Because I was afraid,I didn’t go.
三、条件状语从句。
You will be late__________you leave immediately.
unless B.until C.if D.or
B.
Unless=if not. If you don’t leave immediately you will be late.
在条件状语从句中，如果主句是将来时或含有情态动词，从句通常用一般现在时代替将来时。这只有在时间和条件状语从句中才有这个用法。
条件状语从句还可以由as long as(只要),in case(以防)，　on condition that(条件是)等词来引导。
You may do anything you like as long as it is not against the law.只要不犯法，你可以做任何你喜欢的事。
Take this umbrella with you in case it rains.带上这把十倍雨伞，以防下雨。
四、目的状语从句。
He agreed__________they might not bother him any more.
so that B.in order C.only that D.so as
A
我们学不定式的时候学到，in order to 和so as to 都可以表示目的，但是在连接条件状语从句的时候就要用?in order that和so that了。
So that既可以引导目的状语从句，也可以引导结果状语从句。引导目的状语从句时，从句通常有can ,may,should?等动词　，引导结果状语从句时则没有。
I’ll show it to you again so that you can see it clearly.
He showed it to us again so that we saw it clearly.
It is_________all of us can do it.
A.so easy an exercise that B.such easy exercise
C.such easy an exercise that D.so easy exercise
A.用so….that和such…that都可以，只不过语序有所不同。So是adv.修饰形容词或者副词；such是形容词，只能修饰名词或名词词组。
So+adj+ a/an +单数可数名词+that
such +a/an+adj+单数可数名词+that
如果形容词后面是可数名词的复数或不可数名词，则只能用so不用such.
It’s such fine weather that all of us want to go out for a walk.
They are such easy exercise that all of us can do them.
复数名词和不可数名词则用such.这点也有例外：如果可数名词前面有many,few修饰，不可数名词前有much,little修饰，则要用so.比如：我们没有什么食物了，你不能再把这个面包拿走了，这句话就应该说成：so+many,few＋可数名词
So+much,little+不可数名词
I　have so liitle food left that you can’t take this bread away.
让步状语从句
John wanted to leave the hospital_________able to walk.
even though hardly B.even if he was hardly
C.though was hardly D.he was hardly
2是对的，even if引导让步状语从句，虽然约。。还不太能走路，但还是想出院。
定语从句
God helps those who help themselves定语就是修饰名词的词嘛，主要有形容词，数词，代词，名词等等　a pretty girl (a作定语) telephone number（n作定语）定语从句用句子来修饰名词，对所修饰的名词起到说明作用。
这里我们把定语从句所修辞的词叫做先行词，它决定了定语从句用什么样的关联词，如果先行词是人，那么定语从句一般就用who这个关联词来引导
I like the book that you gave me.如果关联词在从句中作宾语就可以省略掉。此句可略that
I like the book which is interesting. 先行词就是被定语从句所修辞的词。引导定语从句的词叫做关联词。限定性定语从句是用于修饰和限定先行词，与先行词之间的关系非常密切，它所修饰的词代表一个（些）或一类特定的人或东西，如果删去，那么剩下的部分意思含混不清。在限定性定语从句之前，不用任何标点。
eg: This is the man who gave me this book.如果删去了定语从句就成了this is the man意思就不完整了，所以不能缺少定语从句。
非限定性定语从句就是：从句可有可无的定语从句，删去从句也不影响整句的意思。非既定性定语从句在意义上只是先行词的一个附加修饰语，对先行词起进一步说明的作用，有时对于主句做进一步的说明，如果删除它，不影响整句的基本意思。因此通常用逗号把它和主句分开。译成汉语时，一般用并列句表达，或者单独译成一句话。eg:Li Ming,who is in the room,wants to ask you some question.去掉who is in the room句子意思仍然完整。
对比：限定性定语从句中的定语从句是整句意思的一部分，如果去掉意思不完整，
　　非限定性定语从句中的定语从句就很随便，有它无它都可以，去掉的话不影响
　　　限定性定语从句　　　　，×
　　　　　不可少
　　　　　先行词 that √ which√
非限定性定语从句　　　，√
　　　　　可有可无
　　　先行词　that × which√
标点：限定性定语从句一般不用标点，
而非限定性定语从句一定要用逗号把定语从句与主句分开
在非限定性定语从句中关联词不能用that，要用which引导定语从句修饰表事物的先行词。（在非限定性定语从句的逗号后面不要用that,而要用which）
He who does not reach the Great Wall is not a true man.
Many people complaint that computers are taking over people’s jobs.
许多人抱怨说计算机正在接管人的工作（文中that引导的宾语从句，做complain的宾语）
But in fact,　computers only take over work that people find boring and unsatisfying而实际上，计算机只接管了那些人们认为枯燥和不满意的工作。（that引导定语从句，修饰先行词work）
This allows those people whose work is taken over by a computer to develop a much more important talent.这就使得那些工作被计算机接管过的人有时间去发扬自己更为重要的才能。(本句是whose引导的定语从句，修饰先行词people)
That talent is for making decisions and other more important things.
这种才能用来做决策和其它更重要的事情。
This is one way to look at people as a company’s greatest wealth.
这种才能是人人微言轻公司最大财富的一个方面。
Think about it.What would a company be without all of the thousands of people who work in it every day?试想一想，如果一个公司每天没有几千人在工作会怎样？(本句是who引导的定语从句，修饰先行词people)
Do you think people are a company’s greatest wealth?
(that)people are a company’s greatest wealth是一个省略了关联词that的宾语从句，原句可以还原为Do you think(that)people are a compnay’s greatest wealth.你认为人是公司最大的财富吗？
定语从句
在定语从句中，被修饰的词叫做先行词，而引导定语从句的词叫做关系词。
1. A football fan is a person who __________a strong interest in football.
A. have B. has C. is D. are
从句中谓语动词的人称和数要和先行词保持一致（B）
2. All the books that have pictures have been sent to you
所有带图片的书都给你们送去了
3.在定语从句中，关系词的选用是非常重要的，下面的就告诉你关系词应该怎样用
Is he the man __________wants to see you?
who B. which C. whom D. whom
如果先行词在句中作主语，关系代词就用who或that；作宾语，就用who, that或whom (A)
有时关系代词既可以用who ,也可以用whom
He is the man who/whom/that I saw yesterday.他就是我昨天见的那个人
4. Those, __________are working in the field, are students from the local school.
A. who B. that C. which D. whom
先行词是表示人的代词（如：he ,those, anybody等，关系代词要用who）
5. I will never forget the days _________I spent in the countryside.
A. when B. which C. where D. what
准确判断先行词在定语从句中的成分，是选择关系代词或关系副词的关键。
先行词在从句中作主、定、宾语时，要用关系代词（who, whom, that ,which, whose）;先行词在从句中作状语时，就要用关系副词（where ,when ,why）
This is the house which we bought last month.这是我们上个月买的房子。
This is the house where the Greens live.这是格林一家住的房子。
上面这两个句子中the house作bought的宾语，所以关系词用which,第二个句子的the house作live的地点状语，所以关系词用where.
学习英语就是要掌握许多看起来很细小的知识点，其它的也一样，都不能马虎。
3. 怎样区别that引导的是同位语从句还是定语从句？
答：that引导同位语从句，其中心词通常是idea, news, fact, hope, thought, doubt, belief, possibility等，同位语从句是对中心词的具体内容的说明；而定语从句则对先行词起修饰和限制作用。引导词同位语从句的that为连词，不可省略，没有任何含义，也不充当任何句子成分；而引导定语从句的that为关系代词，并在从句中用作主语或宾语等，作宾语时，还可省略。请比较：
The news that Saddam was caught alive was true. 萨大姆被活捉的消息是真的。（同位）
The news that was reported yesterday was not true. 昨天报道的消息不是真的。（定从）
She has no idea that he is a general. 她不知道他是一个将军。（同位）
The idea (that) he has seems strange. 他的想法似乎有点奇怪。（定从）
He realizes the fact that smoking does harm. 他认识到吸烟有害的事实。（同位）
No one believed the fact (that) he made up. 没有人相信他所编造的“事实”。（定从）
精典练习：
I don’t know the reason _________he has late.
A. as B. because C. why D. for
2. The earth is bigger than the moon, _________we all know.
A. and B. what C. as D. that
3. The two students failed in the exam again, _________was not what the teacher had expected .
A. that B. which C. when D. as
4．I have two sisters, _________are teachers.
A. both of those B. both of whom C. neither of them D. each of whom
5. He is no longer the man _________he used to be.
A. whom B. that C. who D. what
6. He moved into the house _________windows were almost broken.
A. whose B. which C. of which D. that
7.He has to work on Sundays, _________he has got used to.
A.and when B.which C.when D.that
8.You can come tomorrow, _________the manger will come back.
A.and when B.which C.when D.that
9.Jack is one of my old friends,________I have known for a long time.
A.him B.which C.whom D.who’s
10.The old man________is Jane’s father.
A.you talked B.which you talked to C.you talked to him D.you talked to
11.The park, ________we visited yesterday,is very nice.
A.where B.which C.that D.when
12.The teacher told us“Read the paragraph________I referred in my lecture.”
A.to that B.to which C.that D.which
13.I let him wash the windows,most of________hadn’t been cleaned for a year.
A.these B.those C.that D.which
14.I’ll never forget the day ________my son was born.
A.that B.when C.on that D.where
15.I will never forget the village and the people________I visited there.
A.which B.that C.who D.whom
16．I　picked up a man________ I thought was drunk.
A.he B.who C.whom D.whose
17.This is the reason________he didn’t attend the meeting yesterday morning.
A.why B.that C.which D.because
18．The weather turned out to be very bad, ________was more than we could expect.
A.what B.which C.that D.it
19.Is this the factory________you talked about yesterday?
A.that B.the one C.where D.in which
20.He talked happily about the men and books________interested him greatly in the school.
A.which B.who C.when D.that
21.I don’t like ________you speak to her.
A.the way B.the way in that C.the way which D.the way of which
22.I do hate sports________people easily get hurt.
A.who B.which C.in which D.in that
23.What’s the first big city________you visited?
New York.
A.where B.which C.that D.what
24．?Is this school________you visited last month?
A.the one B.that C.where D.which
25.Could you pass me the bottle________color is black?
A.that B.which C.of which D.whose
26.Tom is the only one of the students who________the job.
A.is passed B.are passing C.has passed D.is passing
27．We’ll remember the Christmas Eve________we had a party.
A.in which B.on which C.in that D.on that
28.I’ll remember the days ________I spent with him.
A.when B.that C.on which D.where
29.She is the only one of the girls who________this height.
A.reaches B.reach C.had reached D.reached.
30.This might be the best reason________he could give at the meeting.
A.why B.that C.which D.because
C定语从句中表示原因。
C关系代词作know的宾语，代替前面的整个句子。D错，that不能引导非限定性定语从句。
B非限定性定语从句，which代替前面的整句话的内容。
B非限定性定语从句，主句与从句之间有“，”隔开。
B当先行词是sb,关系词在从句中作表语时用that 引导。
A对，在定语从句中作定语。
B对，非限定性定语从句，所以用which
C对，在非限制性定语从句中作时间状语B错，从句缺时间状语，不缺宾语。
C关系词在从句中作宾语要用whom .B错，代替人不能用which.
D 相当于whom you talked to,whom被省略掉了。B错whch不能代替人。
B非限制性定语从句，which在从句中作宾语。C错，非限制性定语从句中不能用that 引导
B对，refer to 中的to前置，用关系代词which。C错，词组refer 不完整。
D 相当于most of the windows　　　C错，关系词用错介词后不能用that.
B对，在定语从句中作状语。C错，介词on后面不能用that.
B关系词that既可以指人也可以指物。
B对，在从句中作主语，I　thought看作是插入语。C错，关系词在从句中作主语，应用主格。
A.在定语从句中作状语用why引导。
B非限定性定语从句，补充说明前句的意思，并作后句的主语。
A。?在定语从句中作宾语。
D当先行词既指人也指物时，关系词只能用that.
A　当先行词是the way时，关系词可以省略。B错，介词后面不用that,可去掉介词in
C相当于in the sports,在从句中作状语。B错，从句不缺主语和宾语。
C对，先行词为序数词时，关系词不用which而用that .
A对，the one 作先行词，其后为定语从句。B错，句子无先行词。
D　　在从句中作定语。
C 前面有the only，所以谓语用单数。
B 相当于on the Christmas eve.
B that 代替the days作定语从句中的宾语。C错，定语从句缺宾语，不能用作状语的on which.
A对，前面有the only限定，所以有单数。
B对，先行词被最高级修辞时，用that不用which.
名词性从句
Where did you get this magic handbook?
Where I got this handbook is a secret.
今天我们要学的，在句子中作主语的是一个从句，这个从句就叫做主语从句，同理还有宾语从句，表语从句和同位语从句。因为这些从句和名词一样，在句中作主语，表语，宾语或同位主，所以把这四种从句叫做名词性从句。
一、主语从句
1.Who will go ______not important.
A.are B.is C.will be D.be
B
句子的主语是从句时，主句的谓语动词要用单数。
不过也有特殊情况，比如：“我所需要的是两本书”，这句话就不能说What I need two books.而应该说What I need are two books.
区别在于如果表语是复数，系动词当然也要用复数。
2._________you go or stay at home won’t make any difference.
A.If B.When C.That D.Whether
D
你是去还是留在家里没有任何区别。那么if 和whether有区别吗？
Whether引导主语从句时不能用if替代。
也就是说主语从句不能由if引导了。
再比如：Whether he will come is not known yet.还不知道他会不会了。
这里的whether也不能用if代替。
引导主语从句的whether和that的确不充当任何成分，可是却不能忽略他们。
比如：
3._________ you don’t like him is none of my business.
A.What B.Who C.That D.Whether
C
你不喜欢他不关我的事。虽然这句话什么都不填已经很完整了。但是却不能不填。
也就是说主语从句必须要有引导词，而且不能省略。
再比如这句话。That the sun rises up from the east is known to all.大家都知道太阳从东方升起。同样，that在这句话里也是既没有词意也不充当从句成分，但是它的作用是用来引导主语从句的，所以不能省略。
但是并不是所有引导主语从句的连词都不充当从句成分。只有that和whether是这样的。
比如：
4.________ still needs to be discussed.
A.How is the plan to be carried out
B.How the plan is to be carried out
C.Why is the plan carried out
D.When the plan carried out
B.
who, which, when, where, how ,why等连接代词或连接副词引导主语从句时，在句中主充当主语、宾语、定语、状语等。主语从句要用陈述语序。
再比如
5.　Can you tell me ________the railway station?
A.how I can get to B.how can I get to C.where I can get to D.where can I get to
A
这道题中只有B和D是陈述语序的，可是D选项没有被动语态，时态也不对，所以选B。
那么how在从句中作什么成分呢？当然是状语了，意思是这个计划实施还需要讨论。
比如：谁泄露了那个消息仍旧无人知道。
Who let out the news remained unknown.who 在从句里作主语。
6.___________is a fact that English is being accepted as an internationall language.
A.There B.This C.That D.It
D
主语从句经常由形式主语it代替，而将主语从句置于主句之后。
比如刚才这道题，英语正被人们视为国际性语言是个事实，本来应该是由That English is being accepted as an international language.作主语，可是主语太长了，句子会显得不平衡。所以就用it代替它作形式主语。
再比如：她发现自己有白头发了，就非常担心。
It worried her a bit that her hair was turning grey.
另外，主语从句由it代替的时候还有些情况需要引起注意。比如当主语是疑问句时，必须用it来作形式主语。
比如我们可以说Who will go is not important.也只可以说It is not important who will go.来表示谁去并不重要。可是如果变成疑问句只能用形式主语的形式了，也就是Is it important who will go ?谁去重不重要？而不能说：Is who will go important?
另外还有些连接代词。如what,whatever,whoever,whenever等引导的主语从句不能用形式主语it代替。
比如：汤姆告诉我们的事情不是真的。What Tom told us is not true.不能说It is not true what Tom told us.
再比如：Whoever wants to go with us should let me know before 5’clock.想跟我们一起去的人要在五点之前通知我，也不能说：It should let me know before 5’clock whoever wants to go with us.
总结一下主语从句的用法：主语从句作句子的主语，通常要用单数谓语，而且从句要用陈述语气，引导词只能用whether，不能用if，而且that是不能省略的。it有时候还可以作形式主语。
下面我们就学宾语从句的用法。即有句子中作宾语成分的从句。
7.__________English is his favourite subject.
A.I asked him if B.I asked him that whether C.I asked him that D.I asked him which
A
二、宾语从句
引导宾语从句时，whether和if一般可以互换。If和whether直接就可以引导宾语从句了，不用that了。
可是并不是在所有的宾语从句中if和whether都可以互换。它们也是有区别的。
如果出现or not则只能用whether。
比如：We don’t know whether he will come or not.我们不知道他是否会来。在这句话里只能用whether.
介词宾语从句只能用whether。
比如：That depends on whether he will come.那取决于他是否会来。
宾语从句还有和主语从句不一样的地方。我们看一看吧。
8.________ I should take part in the sports meet?
A.Do you think why B.Do you think when C.Do you think D.Do you think how
C
引导宾语从句的that在从句中不充当任何成分时，可以省略。
不过不是所有引导宾语从句的that都可以省略。
第一，如果有两个并列的由that引导的宾语从句由and或but连接，那么第一个that可以省略，但第二个that不能省略。
比如：He said(that)he liked to live in China and that he wouldn’ t leave for America.
他说他喜欢住在中国而不会去美国。
第二点是如果that引导的是介词宾语从句，则that不能省略。
例如：你的作文写得不错，只是有几个拼写错误。就应该说
Your composition is quite good except that are some spelling mistakes.
这里的that引导的从句作介词except的宾语，连接词that就不可以省略。
也就是说主语从句的that不可以省略，而宾语从句的that却在大多数情况下可以省略。
主语从句和宾语从句也有相同的地方。
名词性从句之间是有些共性的，下一个秘诀和主语从句的也很相似。
9 We think________important that college students should master at least one foreign language.
A.it B.him C.that D.what
A
主句的宾语是“宾语＋宾补”的复合宾语时，要用形式宾语it替代宾语从句，而将宾语从句置于宾补之后。
再比如：我认为所有的人都应该尊重老人，这是非常正确的。
I think it quite right that all of us should respedt the old.
10.I don’t think you are right,____?
A.aren’t you B.are you C.do I D.do you
B
这是通过反意疑问句来说明宾语从句的否定情况，动词think, believe, suppose, expect等词后面的宾语从句带有否定含义时，通常不否定宾语从句中的谓语，而是否定主句的谓语动词。
这种下的反意问句要根据从句的真正意思来提问。
再来练习一下。
我想他不会来 I don’t think he will come.
11.No one can be sure________in a million years.
A.what man will look like B.what will man look like
C.man will look like that D.what look will man like
A
Sure,afraid,glad,certain等形容词后面可以接宾语从句。
这几个形容词的后面通常都是接介词of的。
比如　I’m afraid of being late.如果转换成宾语从句就是I’m afraid that I’ll be late.
再比如　I am sure that you will come.我确信你会来。
宾语从句：陈述语序
　　　　　形式宾语
　　　　 if和whether的区别
　　　　　在某些动词和形容词后的用法
三、表语从句
12.The reason he has been such a success________he never gives up.
A.is what B.is that C.is because D.is why
B
由that引导的表语从句通常不能省略连词that
he has been such a success是定语从句修饰the reason, is 作谓语，后面是一个表语从句，这个表语从句是个完整，不再缺少宾语或状语，所以只需由that 来引导，要注意的是由that 引导的表语从句通常不能省略连词that.
练习：我的建议是我们出去走走，这句话用带有表语从句的句子如何来说呢？
My suggestion is that we go out for a walk.
It seems that our team will win.看起来我们的队会赢。　也是表语从句的情况。
seem是系动词，而且as if可用在“It looks/seems as if ….”句型中来引导表语从句。
It looks as if it is going to snow .看起来好像就要下雪了。
在学状语从句的时候　，提到过as if 引导的方式状语从句，有虚拟的用法。as if 在look和seem后面就可以引导虚拟的表语从句。
It looks as if it is going to snow.看起来好像就要下雪了。
He looks as if he were ill.他看起来好像病了。
四、同位语从句
同位语从句就是由that引导，一般放在表示抽象概念的fact,news ,idea, thought.等名词之后，说明名词的内容。
比如：The news that Michael got the championship inspires the whole class.迈克尔得了冠军的消息鼓舞了整个班级。
在这句话里去掉同位语从句，句子也是完整的，The news inspires the whole class.
说明同位语从句就是对名词的补充说明，它说明了名词的具体内容。
它和定语从句的区别：
13.He tells me his ________ we reduce the cost .
A. that B. idea which C. idea that D. idea
C
定语从句用来说明名词的特征，而同位语从句用来说明名词的内容：定语从句中引导词that在从句中作宾语时可以省略，同位语从句中的that 不能省略。
分清定语从句和同位语从句的关键就是要判断连词that在从句中是否充当成分。如果　that在句中充当成分，则是定语从句，否则就是同位语从句。
We reduce the cost,这句话中这个从句里不需要that作任何成分，而且从句是和idea 是补充说明的关系，那一定就是同位语从句。
We are discussing the idea that he came up with yesterday.我们在讨论他昨天提出的建议。
这句话好像和刚才的情况有些不同了，that在从句he came up with中应该作宾语，这句话是宾语从句。
主语从句，同位语从句的that是不能省略的，表语从句中的that通常也不能省略，不过在一些口语的句子中也有省略情况出现。还有就是宾语从句了，是可以省略连词that.
不能省略that　　　可以省略that
主语从句　　　　　　表语从句（口语中）
同位语从句　　　　　宾语从句
表语从句
1.B 2.D 3.CBA 6-10.BACAB 11-15.ABC
专项训练：
1. The problem is _______ will do it .
A. why B. when C. where D.who
2.The most difficult thing is ______ we can find him.
A. how B.which C. what D. that
3.I couldn’t remember _______ I had kept my new book.
A. where B. on which C. what shelf D. in which
4.Do you know _______ will win the game?
A. who B. how C. if D. when
5.The gentleman never fails to help _______is in need of his help.
A. whom B. who C. whomever D. whoever
6.Do you know the fact _______ the sun is bigger than the moon?
A. that B. which C. the one D.as
7. _______I buy it or not is none of your business .
A. if B. whether C. No matter D. Either
8.Does_______ matter much that he’ll not come for the meeting tomorrow?
A.that B. this C. he D. it
9. _______we do must be in the interests of the people .
A. what B.How C. Whenever D. Whatever
10. _______the sports meet will be held next week depends on the weather .
A.Whenever B. If C. Whether D. That
11.The reason why he was late is _______ he got up too late .
A. that B. because C. as D.for
12.We are no longer _______we used to be .
A. whom B. that C. who D. what
13. _______you did ?
No, in fact I didn’t need to .
A. Is that what B. Is what that C.What is that D. Is what
14.I thought _______strange that Tom didn’t come to the party yesterday.
A. that B. it C. this D. what
15.We all know _______she will be our English teacher .
A. which B. what C.that D. who
16.Tom came back with a message _______there would be a nice surprise to us .
A .when B. which C.as D.that
17. _______he said at the meeting astonished everybody present .
A. what B.That C. The fact D. Why
18. _______he always serves the people very well is known .
A.What B. That C. Which D. Who
19. _______still needs to be discussed .
A. How is the plan to be carried out
B. How the plan is to be carried out
C. Why is the plan carried out
D. When is the plan carried out
20. _______ is known to all is that she is an excellent singer .
A. It B.As C. That D. What
21.Go and get your coat. It’s _______you left it .
A. there B. where C. there where D.where there .
22. _______Doggy is happy with _______ he has got .
A. It seems that ,what B. He seems that ,that C. It seems that ,that D. He seems that ,what
23.Do you know _______?
A.whose notebook is this B. whose book it likes
C. whose handwriting is the best in your clas D. whose watch is it .
24.They asked me _______to build this school.
A. how long it was taken B.how long it had taken
C.how much time did it take D. how much time it was taken
25.The exhibition shows _______.
A. how fast is our city developing B.how fast our city is developed
C.how is our city developed fast D.how fast our city is developing
26. _______ is no reason for dismissing her .
A.Because she was a few minutes late . B.Owing to a few minutes late
C.The fact that she was a few minutes late D. Being a few minutes late
27. _______the 2008 Olympic Games will be held in Beijingis not known yet.
A.Whenever B. If C. Whether D.That
28. _______doesn’t matter to me _______you do or _______you go .
A. This ,what ,where B.It ,what ,where
C.This ,that ,when D.It ,that ,when
29.When and why they came here _______yet .
A.is not known B. are not known C.has not known D. have not been known
30. _______we do exercising every morning _______us a lot of good.
A. If ,do B. That ,do C.If ,does D. That ,does
第十八章：强调句：
我们常见的强调句有两种形式，包括：(1)it引导的强调句和(2)用助动词进行强调的强调句
(1) It is (was)+被强调部分＋that（who,whom）+句子其他成分　　　可以用于强调句子的主语，宾语和状语等成分。
1 .Was it during the Second World War _______he died ?
A.that B. while B.in which D. then
在强调句里，强调人时用who或whom, 强调物时用that, 另外，that也可以用来强调人。
eg: My father did the experiment in the lab yesterday evening .我父亲昨晚在实验室里做实验。把它转换成一个强调主语my father的强调句是？
It was my father who did the experiment in the lab yesterday evening .
时态在强调句里的用法：（通过例题我们看：）
2.It _______ the way he asked that really upset me .
A. is B. was C. were D.has been
这种强调句只有一般现在时和一般过去时两种时态，当所强调的句子谓语是过去的时态，如一般过去时，过去将来时，过去进行时，过去完成时等，就用It was….其它时态用It is ….
也就是要根据句子的谓语时态来判断，那这道题里谓语是upset,没有用第三人称单数，说明它是过去式时态，那就应该选B　，was
eg:我们将在星期天去教堂。这句话强调时间状语
It is on Sunday that we will go to the church.
应该注意到强调句和带有形式主语的主语从句在形式上有点像？那么我们怎么区别呢？我们通过例题来区别：
3.It is not important _______ will go .
A. that B. who C. when D. as
.
秘决：在强调句中，把it is …that(who,whom)….三个词去掉，剩下的成分仍然是一个完整的句子，而带有以上三个词的主语从句如果把这三个词去掉，那么句子就不完整了。
上面句子里　去掉后就成了not important ..will go 不成句子了，说明这是一个由it作形式主语的主语从句。选B
在强调句里那三个词去掉后句子一定是完整的啊。不信你试试啊，
It is Tom who broke the window.把it it who 去掉后Tom broke the window.
4.It is I who _______ from Hubei province .
A. is B. am C. was D. are
再比如：在帮那个老奶奶的人是我姐姐
It is my sister who is helping the grandma.
另外：It is(was) not until+被强调的部分＋that”　也是一个常见的强调句型。在这个
句型中，只能用until,不能用till.
5.It was not _______she took off her dark glasses _______ I recognized her.
A. when ,that B. until ,that C.till ,that D.until ,when
这句话原句应该是 I didn’t recognize her until she took off her dark glasses.
I didn’t know the truth until that moment.变为上面讲的这种强调句型。
It was not until that moment I knew the truth.
还有一点：这个句型也可以把not until提前至句首表示强调，此时句子要用倒装。
Not until that moment did I know the truth.
直到那时我才知道了真相。
I didn’t know the truth until that moment .
It was not until that moment that I knew the truth .
Not until that moment did I know the truth .
一句话可以用三种表达方式，其中的两种是强调句啊。
刚才我们学习的两种强调句里，都不能强调谓语：
要强调谓语，要在谓语之前加助动词do(does)或者did表示强调
6.She _______this horse.
A. do likes B.do like C. does like D. does likes
那这个do和谓语形式怎么确定呢？
时态，人称和数的变化都体现在do上，由do 来变化，而原来的谓语动词在do后面，当然就有原形了
这种情况也可以出现在祈使句中，比如：Do take care of yourself.千万保重。
Do study hard.
讲解练习1-6　ABBBB　　C
专项训练：
1. It was in 1979_______ his brother went to university.
A.when B. while C. which D. that
2.Is everybody playing on the playground now ?
No, _______ only Mike and Jack who are there .
A. it is B. there is C. there are D. they are
3.It wasn’t believed until the fifteenth century _______the earth goes around the sun.
A. what B. whether C. that D. how
4. _______ you were born?
A. Was it where that B. It was where that C.Where was it that D. Where it was that
5.It was last month _______ I took part in the party.
A. that B. where C. when D.then
6.When was it _______ we held the meeting ?
A. when B. where C. that D. who
7.It was then _______ I realized how important it was to be careful and strict in work and study.
A. when B. that C. and now D. and then
8.Is it in that factory_______Red Flag cars are produced ?
A. in which B. where C. which D. that
9. _______that saw her in the museum ?
A. Was it who B. Who it was C. Whom it was D. Who was it
10.It was not until she had arrived home _______ remembered her appointment with the doctor.
A. when she B. that she C. and she D. she
11.It was not _______China was liberated _______she returned from abroad .
A. that ,that B.that ,until C.until,that D. until ,when
12.It_______ John and Peter who helped me with my translation work the other day .
A. has been B. is C. was D. were
13. It was _______ given a gift at the party .
A. they who each were B. them who each were
C. they who each was D. them who each was
14.It was the way he asked _______really upset me .
A. that B.so C. therefore D. so that
15. _______if you are free.
A. Come again do B. Do come again C. To come again D. Do to come again.
1-5DACCA 6-10 CBDDB 11-15 CCAAB
倒装句
倒装语序分为全部倒装和部分倒装，
①所谓全部倒装是指将句子中的谓语动词全部置于主语之前，此时句子中没有助动词，系动词be或者情态动词。
②部分倒装指将谓语的一部分如助动词，系动词be或者情态动词倒装至主语之前。如果句中的谓语没有助动词，系动词be或者情态动词，则需要添加助动词do,does,或者did,并将其置于主语之前。
倒装的情况不是很多，不过其中大部分都是部分倒装，全部倒装的情况很少，下面我们来看看哪些情况下要全部倒装吧。
Look!______.
A.Here your teacher comes B. Comes here your teacher
C.Your teacher come here D.Here comes your teacher
D.
当here, there ,down ,up, away等副词或一些地点状语置于句首，而句子的主语是名词时，句子要用全部倒装。
也就是说在这道题里here在句首，然后就是谓语和主语，Here comes your teacher.
当句子的地点状语提前的时候，句子也要全部倒装。比如：在我们的教室前有一棵大树，如果地点状语在前，怎么说？
In front of our classroom stands a tall tree.
不过要注意，如果主语不是名词而是人称代词则不用倒装。比如:Away they went他们离开了。
有这些地点副词，地点状语在句首，还要主语是名词，句子才要全部倒装。
另外副词then虽然不是表示地点的词，但是它在句首时也属于这种全部倒装的情况，比如：then came the our we had been looking forward to .
然后我们期盼已久的时刻终于来到了。
我们来看一看另外一种全部倒装的情况
＿＿the days when teachers were looked down upon .
A. Gone are B. Are gone C. Be gone D. Be gone are
A
表语在句首，形成全部倒装。
The days when teachers were looked down upon are gone .这句话里are gone 是系表结构，当我们把gone这个表语提前之后，句子的主语和谓语就要全部倒装了。
In each room are ten students.每个房间都有10个学生。
全部倒装除了地点状语和表语在句首之外，还有别的情况么，
其它就是要部分倒装的情况了，比如：
Seldom ______ any mistakes during my past few years of working here .
A. would I make B. did I make C. I did make D. shall I make
B
句首带有否定含义的词如：no ,not never ,seldom ,little ,hardly ,at no time ,in no way 等，句子要部分倒装。
部分倒装就是助动词，系动词be或者情态动词提到主语之前。
对了，假如你昨天看了一个演出，非常精彩，于是你感概到“我从来没有看过这么好的演出”用倒装句怎么说？
Never have I seen such a performance.
我们所说的否定词也包括scarcely ,no sooner .这样的词，
Scarcely…..when …..和No sooner…than…..表示“一…….就…….”的句型，他们连接的是时间状语从句，并且只是句子的前半部分倒装，也就是跟在scarcely和no sooner后面的部分，例如：
No sooner had she gone out than a student came to visit her .她刚出门，就有一人学生来拜访她。
Not only was she working hard, __________.
A. how beautiful she was B. was she helpful
C.but also she was polite D.what a beautiful girl
C
当not only …..but also结构在句首时，not only后面的部分倒装，而but. also后面的部分不倒装。
他不仅拒绝了礼物，还批评了送礼的人。
Not only did refuse the gift, but also he criticized the sender.
说到not only，我又想起另外一个免于，是我们在强调句中讲到的，not only
还记得not only　倒装时有什么特殊吗？即主句倒装，从句不倒装。
Not until the child fell asleep did the mother leave the roo. went we
这位母亲直到她的孩子睡着了才离开了房间。
Often________to the lake at that time .
A.did we go B. we did go C. we went D. went we
A
频度副词often或always置于句首时，句子要部分倒装。
既然是部分倒装，就把助动词did提前就可以了，A
再说一个always并且倒装的句子吧。
Always should we remember our teachers.我们要永远记住我们的老师
听了好感动啊，希望你不仅要记住老师，更重要的是记住老师给你教的东西啊，
Only five of them_______ in the office.
A. I saw B. saw I C. did I see D. that I saw
C
副词only位于句首的句子，通常需要部分倒装。
不过only后面经常是状语，比如我经常要你用心，因为“只有这样”你才能学好英语，这句话用英语怎么说呢？
Only in this way can you learn English well.
好了，我们来总结一下，哪些词在句首的时候句子要倒装。
地点状语和表语在句首，句子完全倒装，否定副词以及often,always ,only,not only在句首时，句子部分倒装。
要学的不止这些，我们继续努力吧，来看下一道题　。
Mary doesn’t speak French,and neither ________.
A. does Joan B. John does C. spoke Joan D.John spoke
A
so,neither,nor出的短句，可以说明上文提到的肯定或否定情况也适用于其他人或物，这样的句子要部分倒装，且省略谓语中的主要动词。
我记得neither后面要省略动词，并且用助动词代替。是不是也要倒装呀？
对，
Tom can speak French,So can Jack.汤姆能说法语，杰克也能。
If you won’t go ,neither will I.如果你不想去，我也不去了
Tom asked me to go to play football and so I did 汤姆让我去踢足球，我就去了。
这就是我要提醒你注意的另一种情况啊，当so引出的句子用以对上文内容加以证实或肯定时，不能用倒装结构。此时句子的意思是“的确如此”
那我们就看另外一种部分倒装的情况吧。
So ________ that no people can swim in it .
A. the lake is shallow B. shallow the lake is
C. shallow is the lake D. is the lake shallow
C
结果状语从句so….that…..句型中的so位于句首时，主句要用部分倒装。
so是用来修饰形容词的，当然是要和形容词放在一起，C啊，
So frightened was he that he dared not move an inch.他被吓得一步都不敢动了。
Were I you ,I would try it again.我要是你，我就再试一次
在虚拟语气的条件句中，如果从句谓语动词有were, had ,should等词，　可将if省略，把were,had,或者should移到主语之前，形成部分倒装。
If it should rain tomorrow ,I shall stay at home.
Should it rain tomorrow ,I shall stay at home.如果明天下雨，我将留存家里。
下面讲的可不像前面那么容易，你得听得更认真才行。
＿＿＿＿,the president has not been able to get his own way on everything he wants to do .
A. As he is popular B. Popular as he is C. As popular is he D.Popular as is he
B
在as引导的让步状语从句中，主谓不倒装，不过要把相关的形容词，副词，名词或动词提前至句首，然后是as,后面是主语和谓语。
在这道题里“形容词＋as+主谓”结构B对。
可是当名词在句首时，你就要注意，如果需要冠词，在这种情况下，冠词是要省略的。
Although she is a girl ,she wouldn’t do less work than those boys.
Girl as she is, she wouldn’t do less work than those boys.
尽管她是个女孩，她也不愿比男孩子们干活干得少。
我想知道动词在as前的时候，是什么样的？
如果把动词提前，就要在主语后面留一个相应的助动词。比如：
Although he tried,he couldn’t solve that problem.要是倒装了，就应该是：
Try as he did ,he couldn’t solve that problem.
我们又学了让步状语从句，虚拟条件句，so….that….引导的结果状语从句等一些句式中倒装的用法。要知道在哪些情况下用完全倒装，哪些情况下要用部分倒装，再做点练习就完全没有问题了。
专项训练：
1.Not only__________all their money, but ________ close to losing their lives.
A. did they lose ,did they come B. they lost ,also come
C.they lost ,they came D.did they lose,they came
2________ received law degrees as today.
A. Never so many women have B. The women aren’t ever
C.Never have so many women D.Women who have never
3.Up________ into the air .
A. went the arrow B. the arrow went C. did the arrow go D. does the arrow go
4.Not for a moment ________what he did .
A .I believed B.did I believe C.I would believe D. I believe
5.Seldom________late ________the meeting room.
A. does he come ,to B. comes he ,for C.does he come ,for D. comes he ,to
6.The girl likes singing and dancing . ________.
A. So she does B. So is she C. So am I D. So she can
7.So loudly ________that every person in the next room could hear him.
A. did he speak B. he spoke C.did speak he D.he speaks
8.Rarely________a bike like that nowadays.
A. we see B.see we C. do see we D. do we see
9.Little________that the police are about to arrest him.
A. do he know B. does he know C. he knows D. he know
10.By no means ________him .
A.Shall I understood B. shall I understand C. I shall understood D.I shall understand
11.The window opened, and ________a shoe.
A. flew out B. out flew C. out did fly D.out does fly
12. ________it rain,the corps________.
A. Shall, would be saved B. Should, would be saved
C. Would, should be safe D.Were ,might be safe
13. ________time,they would certainly come and help us .
A. If had they B. Had C. Having they D. Had they
14.Only________this advice ,can you get there in time .
A. you take B. you took C. by taking D. to take
15. ________is no need to read late into the night. ________does no good for you .
A. There ,There B. There ,It C.It ,it D. It There
16.Inside the pyramids________for the kings and the queens and long passages to these rooms.
A. the burial rooms are B. are the burial rooms
C. burial rooms are there D.there the burial rooms are
17.Very important in the farmers’ life________.
A. the radio weather report is B.the radio weather report are
C.is the radio weather report D.are the radio weather report
18.No sooner________ begun to speak than I realized that something was wrong .
A. he has B.he had C. had he D. did he
19.Nowhere else in the world ________ a place so beautiful.
A. you can find B. find you C.can you find D. do you find
20.Not only he graduated ________ abroad .
A. that he went B. he went C. did he go D. he did go
21.Nearby________ in which they spent their summer vocation.
A.was two houses B.two houses were C. were two house D. are two houses
22.Will you go swimming with us this afternoon, madam?
If you don’t , ________.
A. I won’t too B. nor do I C. nor shall I D. I don’t ,either
23.Not even once ________ a lie .
A. has Mike told B.Mike has told C. had Mike told D. Mike had told
24.Under the big tree________ of seven years old .
A. sat a little girl B. did a little girl sat C.a little girl D.a little girl sat
25.In ________ and the students stood up .
A. the teacher comes B. the teacher coming C. came the teacher D. did the teacher come
26.Never before ________ such a good film________”Jiao Yulu.”
A. have I seen, as B. I have seen ,like C. had I seen ,like D. I have seen ,as
27.On the river bank________where he once lived .
A. stand a house B. a house stand C. does a house stand D. stands a house
28.I won’t go, ________.
A. any of my classmates will go nor. B.nor will not any of my classmates
C. nor will any of my classmates D. nor do any of my classmates
29. ________, he knows a lot of English.
A. Child as he is B.As he is a child C. A child as he is D. Child though he was
30. ________all the salesmen.
A. Were present at the meeting B. Present were at the meeting
C. Be present at the meeting D.Present at the meeting were
keys:1-5 DCABA 6-10AADBB 11-15BBDCB 16-20BCCCC 21-25 DCAAC 26-30ADCAD
+虚拟语气：
If only it were Sunday today.要是今天是星期天就好了。
It would be nice if today were Sunday.
If my lawyer ______ here last Saturday , he ______ me from going .
A. had been, would have prevented B. had been, would prevent
C. were , would prevented D.were , would have prevented
A is right
虚拟语气经常出现在if引导的条件状语从句中，用来说明与客观事实相反的情况，这种句子称为非真实条件句。
需要注意的是主句和从句谓语的量才而为与真实条件句的完全不同。
关于虚拟语气的时态，要具体情况而定，与现在事实相反，与过去事实相反和与将来事实相反。
题里的would/should + have done的形式，从句用过去完成时，
句子与现在事实相反时，主句就用would/should＋动词原型，从句用过去时，不过Be 动词的过去式只能用were ,而不能用was.
比如你邀请我去听音乐会，可是我很忙，走不开，就可以说：　
I would go with you to the concert if I were not so busy now .
如果我现在不是这么忙，我和你一起去听音乐会了。
主句用would do,从句用过去式……那与将来情况相反用什么时态
主句用would do 的形式，从句既可以用过去式，也可以用were to do 或should do的形式，比如：明天要是周日的话，我们就不参加考试了。就可以说
If it were Sunday tomorrow , we wouldn’t have an exam.
不过这些时态的用法也不是完全固定的，有时候也要根据句子表达的具体意思来分析，比如：
If you _____ at school, you _____a college student now .
A. had studied hard, would have been B. should have studied hard, have been
C. had studied hard, would be D. would study hard, must have been
C is right
这句话里主句和从句的时态实际上是不一样的，在if 引导的非真实条件句中，当主句和从句的时态不同时，主从句须按各自的时态要求处理。就拿这道题来说吧，主句是对现在情况的虚拟，说明这个人现在不是个大学生，所以要用would be 的形式，而从句则是对过去情况的虚拟，是这个人在学校的时候没有用功读书，所以我们用过去完成时。
如果以前天气更好一点，庄稼现在会长得更好。
If the weather had been better before ,the corps would grow even better now.
______ you were ill, she would have come to see you .
A. Had she known B. Did she know C. If she knew D.If she shuld know
/a/ is right
从句中如果省略if, 要将had, should, were 提前到句首倒装。
在非真实条件句中，有时可省略从句，只保留主句部分，或省略从句，只保留从句部分。
The gifts to him would have filled a railroad car.送给他的礼物会装满一货车，这是一个完整的句子，而且表达了虚拟语气。
IF条件从句可以用一些短语来引导，我们来做一道题。
without air, there ______ no living things.
A,were B. was C.would be D. should have
如果没有空气，就不会有生物，这是一个与现在事实相反的句子，句子如果用if引导可以
说if there were no air, there would be no living things.
如果if换成了without air，不过我想时态应该是一样的。
可以用with,without,but for等短语作状语，代替if引导的非真实条件句来构成虚拟语气的句子。
其中but for的意思和without差不多。
比如：等我高考成功的那天，我就会对你说：But for your help,I would’t have succeeded.如果没有你的帮助，我不可能成功。不过，离高考还有一段时间，到时候可别忘了虚拟语气的这种表示法呀。
下面看看在含有连词的并列句里虚拟语气怎么用。
We _______ last night ,but we went to the concert instead.
A.must have studied B.might study C.should have studied D.would study
C
这是对过去事实的虚拟。说明有由but和or连接的并列句中，也可以用虚拟语气。
再看一个用or的句子吧。I am busy now or I would go with you.我太忙了，不能和你一起去。
同时它还可以说成：I would to with you,but I am busy now.表达的都是同一个意思，不过这两个词前后的虚拟句和真实句的位置刚好相反。
一个在but前用虚拟句，另一个在or后用虚拟句。
下面我们学习一下虚拟语气有其它句子中的用法吧。
I wish I _________ you yesterday.
A.seen B.did see C.had seen D.were to see
C
在wish后的宾语从句中要用虚拟语气来表示与事实相反的情况或不能实现的愿望。
宾语从句中的时态要比正常的时态后退一步。
什么叫正常的时态呢？
比如说你希望今天是星期天，今天是星期六本来是现在时，退后一个时态就是过去时，也就是说：I wish it were Sunday today.
这题里这句话本来是过去时，再退后一个时态就要用过去完成时。
而将来时退后一个时态则是过去将来时，比如：I wish he wouldn’t leave for Shanghai tomorrow.我希望他明天不去上海。
可是wish后面的宾语从句里我如果用了正常时态，表示可以实现的愿望还是也可以么？
要表达可实现的愿望或事实，用hope加宾语从句的结构。比如：I hope I can go to Shanghai with you tomorrow.我希望明天能和你一起去上海。而wish多用来表达不可实现的愿望。
虚拟语气还可以用在别的动词引出的宾语从句中。
Mary insisted that John_______to her office.
A.comes B.came C.would come D.come
D
这很容易理解，就是在表示要求、建议、命令等意义的词。如：suggest,demand,require,requesrt,insist,order,command,propose等词引出的宾语从句中，要用虚拟语气，谓语用should do,其中should可以省略。没有什么时态的限制。
再比如：He suggested that meeting(should)be put off till next weekend.他建议会议推迟到下周末。这个suggest是“建议”的意思。
可是它还有“表明”“暗示”的意思，而且在这个时候宾语从句就不用虚拟语气了。
比如你犯了错误，回家见到了你爸，他的表情说明他很生你的气，就可以说His expression suggested that he was angry with me.这里的suggest就是不用虚拟的用法了。
需要单独记的还有insist这个词，在刚才那道题里，它的意思是“坚决要求”，要用虚拟，可是如果它当“坚持认为”讲，就不用虚拟语气了。比如：He insisted that he saw Tom last night.他坚持说他昨晚看到汤姆了。
只有suggest 和insist这两个词比较特殊，而且记住这些词对另外一些题也很有帮助啊！比如：
The suggestion has been made ________ the basketball game ______ put off.
A. for ,to B. that ,be C. which ,should be D. to , being .
与以上动词同根或具有相同意义的名词作为表语从句的主语或同位语从句的先行词时，从句要用虚拟语气。谓语也要用should do，其中should可以省略。
同位语从句的连接词用that，从句的谓语是should be，省略should，就选B。可是什么是“具有相同意义的名词”呢？
比如和suggestion意思相同的词：plan,idea等，碰到这些词，也要注意用虚拟语气。
Idea后面的词也要用虚拟。
比如人觉得在英语晚会上演一个剧挺好，征求别人的意见时就可说：What do you think of the idea that we should pot on a play at the English evening?你觉得我们在英语晚会上演一个剧怎么样？
It is necessary that he____ the college entrance examination.
A.should attend B.will attend C.must attend D.had to attend
A.
这是主语从句，由it作形式主语的那种。
在“It is necessary+that…”或“It is a pity +that…”这两类结构的主语从句中，从句可以用虚拟语气，谓语用“should+动词原形”来表示，此时should可以省略。
可是类似necessary和a pity这样的哪些呢？
还有刚才提到的那些动词的同根词，如suggested requested proposed等，另外还有strange funny important natural surprising等。
可用在这种结构中的名词还有：shame,wonder,honor等。比如：It is proposed that we(should)put off the meeting until the weekend.有人建议我们将会议延期至周末。或者It is a pity that I(should)lose the game.输掉了比赛，真遗憾。
在“It is time+that从句”的结构中，从句可以用虚拟语气。谓语常用过去式来表示，或用should+动词原形，此时should不能省略。
It’s eleven already.It’s time_________home.
A.we’ll go B.we’d Cwe’re going D.we went
D
这个It is time…还可以说It is high time或It is about time。
这一条和刚才那些从句有些不同了，可以用过去式表示虚拟。
再比如，你妈妈做好了饭，看人还在学习，于是对你说It is high time that we had lunch now.是吃午饭的时间了。
还可以说It is high time that we should have lunch now.
还有最后一种需要用虚拟语气的情况，放在最后是因为以前我们已经学过，在这里复习一下。
When a pencil is partly in a glass of water,it looks as if it_________.
A.breaks B.has broken C.were broken D.had been broken
C
“It is time +that 从句”的结构中，从句可以用虚拟语气。谓语常用过去式来表示，或用should+动词原形，此时should不能省略。
As if/though 可以引导方式或表语从句，都可以用虚拟语气的，不过从句中使用虚拟语气，从句中的谓语多用比真实情况倒退一个时态的形式来表示。
再如You speak as if you had seen it with your own eyes.你说的好像亲眼见到过的一样。
现在总结一下：
虚拟语气常　用if引导的条件状语从句中，它的时态分了三种不同的用法。还有根据实际情况倒退一个时态的两种从句，你还记得吗？
是wish 后面的宾语从句以及as/if引导的从句，另外，由某些特定动词引导的宾语从句，包括一些词的表语从句、主语从句和同位语从句，它们的从句谓语都用should do ,should可以省略，而引导从句的that通常不能省略。
在It is time句型里还可以用过去时。还有but或or连接的某些并列句中，及用with, without,but for等短语代替if从句的时候，虚拟语气的知识大体就这么多了：
用虚拟语气的情况：
1、if条件句
2、wish/as if（倒退一个时态）
3、包含特定词的宾语、表语、主语、同位语从句（should可以省略。）
4、It is time句型（用过去时）
5、but或or连接的某些并列句。
专项训练：
1、Why did you throw the bottle out of the window? You _______somebody.
A.might hurt B. could have hurt C.would hurt D.must have hurt
2.If Sydney Carton_____ Charles Darney, the latter_____.
A、didn’t help ,would be B.hadn’t helped ,might die
C.hadn’t helped, would have die D. shouldn’t help , should have died
3.On the boy’s face,there was a sweet smile,which suggested that he __________happy to give his life for his country.
A.should be B.was C. had been D. would be
4.Dr Monette wrote a letter, insisting that the two nobles ________ great wrong to the peasant boy and his sister.
A. had done B. should do C. should have done D. did
5.If he ________ here ,everything______ all right .
A.were ,will be B. will be C. is, would be D. were ,would be
6.. ______to do the work, I should do it some other way.
A. If were B. I were C. Were I D. Was I
7.Shall I come tomorrow ?
I’d rather you ______.
A. didn’t B. won’t C. don’t D. wouldn’t
8.How I wish that the disabled ______ good care of .
A. will be taken B. would be taken C. must be taken D. be taken
9.He has never traveled in any big cities, but he talks about London as if he ______ there .
A. has been B. has gone C. had been D. had gone
10.It is high time you ______ your mind.
A. change B. changed C. need change D. are to change
11.Without the sun, none of the living things on earth ______.
A. existed B. would exist C. would have been existed D. exists
12.Holmes made a demand that the as well as his assistant ______ in the lady’s room that night.
A. should lock B.be locked C. would be locked D. was locked
13.Had you taken the doctor’s advicee ,you______all right now .
A. are B.were C. would have been D. might be
14.It is necessary that you ______ spoken English now and then .
A. might practice B. practiced C. should practice D. would practice
15.His room looks very dirty as though it ______ for years.
A. has not been cleaned B.were never cleaned C.had not been cleaned D. was not cleaned
Keys:BCCAD CABCB BBDCC
1.B对过去的虚拟应该用should (could,might)+have+done.
2.C虚拟条件句，与过去的情况相反的假设：从句中的谓语用“had+过去分词”，主句谓语用“would+have＋过去分词”
3C对，这句话不能和虚拟语气混淆，这里用had　been时态上才正确。
4.A这句话不能和虚拟语气混淆，这里用had done只表达时态上的意义。
5。D虚拟语气，与现在事实相反。
6。C虚拟语气，与将来事实相反。
7。A　would rather　从句中动词用过去时表示与将来或现在的事实相反。
8。B对，wish后面的宾语从句用would+动词原形，表示不太可能实的愿望。
9。C对，AS if引导的对过去发生的动作的虚拟形式是had+过去分词。
10。B对，在这种结构中，谓语用过去式，表示“该做某事了”
11。B对，without短语相当于一个虚拟语气条件句，在表示和现在的事实相反时用would+动词原形
12。B对，demand后面的从句中用虚拟语气，谓语的形式是should+动词原形，其中should可以省略。
13.D对，从句与过去事实相反，主句与现在事实相反，主句谓语用might+动词原形，从句用had done形式。
14。C虚拟语气，从句的谓语用should+动词原形。
15。C。as though 后面的虚拟语气句子谓语用had+过去分词，表示对过去的虚拟。
虚拟语气构成要领：时态往前推一格：
1. I wish+（对现在虚拟　主语＋过去时）
　　　　　（对过去虚拟　主语＋过去完成时）　　　　　　　
2. as if+虚拟（对现在虚拟用过去时）
　　　　　　　（对过去虚拟用过去完成时）
3.insist that +主语＋（should+动词原形）
　　　　　　　　（be＋过去分词）
一、课文讲解：
前两天我遇见一个外国人对我说：
You know I wish I lived in NewYork.我就问他为什么，难道你不喜欢中国吗？
他摇头对我说：
I wish I knew Chinese,If I knew Chinese,I wouldn't be lonely.我才终于明白了，原来他的
烦恼是语言不过关，在中国很难跟别人交流，因此感到很苦恼。注意前两个句子中居然用了过去式lived和knew.
I wish I lived in New York和I wish I knew Chinese.这倒没有注意，不过我记得上次我说过在条件从句里虚拟语气的时态往前推一格，这不会也是虚拟语气吧？还真让你给说对了，还记得我上次跟你说过，虚拟语气还可以用来表达人的主观愿望吗？这两句就是用虚拟语气来表达人的主观愿望的。
你想他说：I wish I lived in New York.我多想我住在纽约。暗含的意思就是其实他不是在中国。他说：I wish I knew Chinese.我希望我懂汉语。而实际情况则是他根本无法和人用汉语交流。看来这都是表达和现在事实相反的假设。在英语里***“wish+虚拟语气”的句型就用来表达不可能实现的愿望。解释为多想....、真希望...、但愿...。它的构成形式也很简单，只要你还记住if条件句中虚拟语气的结构就好办了。记得，表达与现在事实相反的假设用过去时，与过去事实相反的用过去完成时。
wish句型中的虚拟语气与if从句的结构是一样的I wish I lived in NewYork.
那么表示现在不能实现的愿望就是 I wish +　主语+动词过去式，
表示过去不能实现的愿望就应是I wish +主语＋had+过去分词。
我希望我的自行车没有丢。I wish I hadn't lost my bike yesterday 。说对了，丢自行车是过去的事情，
wish+主语+过去完成时。别想你的伤心事了，想想高兴的事情吧！
我要是明天能见到乔丹该多好。I wish I could see Jordan.瞧把你美得那样子，as if you saw him.他可是我最尊敬的体育明星。I wish he hadn't retired.你as if 说什么的也是一个虚拟语气的句子吗?as if you saw him
这里的as if 表示“好像、似乎”，后面接从句时，只要是表示与事实相反的情况都要接在I wish 后的从句一样，动词用虚拟语气。as if (as though)这句话的意思就是“好像你见到他似的”。因为你不可能明天就见到他，所以后面用了see 的过去时saw表达虚拟语气。明白了，我现在迫不及待地想实践一下，用虚拟语气来形容我们邻居家的女孩，她太挑剔了，回绝了很多人给她介绍的男朋友。The girl next door looks as if she were Snow White.
Linda speaks as if she were the boss.
It seems as if I mastered 虚拟语气。***虚拟语气的精髓，它用来描述与事实相反的情况，时态往前推一格***］
还有一种虚拟语气，时态不用变，动词都用原形。EG：我现在就给你看一个：我建议你以后多听VOA。
I suggest you (should)listen to VOA这个句子很普通，又没有表达非事实的东西，怎么要用虚拟语气呢？这是用虚拟语气的另外一块大场地。常用在表示建议，要求、坚持、命令等含义的句子中，后面用动词原形，之所以动词原
形是因为句型里的should常被省略掉。这怎么回事啊。那么哪些词有建议、要求、命令的意思呢？
表建议的有：suggest、move, propose, recommend;
表要求的有：ask, demand, require, request;
表坚持的有：insist, urge, maintain
表命令的有：order, command.这很不好记，下面的口决帮助你记忆：
两种要求R开头（require, request），ask,demand跟后头：坚持要求insist;提出建议suggest;
还有命令order,command
好吧，现在你来练习一下，他坚决要求他们向他出示护照。He insisted that they show him their passports.
常用的还有suggest,“建议”的意思，宾语从句用虚拟语气，
你来看这个句子，他建议你立即离开这儿。这句话
你会说吗？He suggests you leave here at once.
三、总结：
虚拟语气用在wish,as if 引导的从句里，时态往前推一格，还可以用在有要求和建议的句子里，从句里用动词原形。
sure,I wish I could speak like a native speaker.
四、范文学习：1.A Piece of Whale Meat（一块鲸鱼肉）
本文有wish引导的虚拟语气从句突出表现出职员妻子的后悔之情。as if 引导的虚拟语气从句，描述了职员小心翼翼装成富人的样子，suggest,insist引导的从句由should+动词原形构成虚拟语气，结构和其它类型的虚拟语气句子有所不同。注意使用这三种虚拟语气时，所表达的含义和句子的构成。
1.A young clerk took his wife to an expensive restaurant.
一个年青的职员带他的妻子去一家昂贵的饭店。
take sb.to some place带某人去某地。如：my father often takes me to the zoo.我父亲经常带我去动物园。
2.All the people around were dressed up and speaking in a low voice周围所有的人都穿戴体面，低声交谈。
句中的were dressed up and speaking 是过去进行时。
3.This made him fell uneasy.But he had to behave as if he were very rich这使他感到很不自在，不过他也不得不表现得象富人一样。（1）.make sb.do sth.使某人做某事，make 后面用动词原形，（2）as if “似乎，好像”后用了虚拟语气表示非真实的东西，其实这个职员并非富人，但表现得象富人一样，注意be动词用were.
4.The waiter suggested they order their specialty.招待建议他们点店里的特色菜。这是借助should来构成的虚拟表达，有一些表示说话者意愿的动词如ask(要求)、insist(坚持)、suggest(建议)等词所引导的从句中，谓语动词用“should+动词原形”构成，但should可以省去。本句里的suggest 引导的从句中的should就被省去了。
5.And his wife insisted they need some ice-cream first.他的妻子坚持要先吃些冰激淋。和上一句一样，此句中insist后面是借助should的虚拟语气。insist引导的从句中的should 也被省去。
6.At last they ordered two glasses of wine.最后他们点了两杯葡萄酒。order在这里不是“命令”而是“点菜”的意思。
7.After they had finished eating.The clerk was surprised at the cost of the wine.吃完后，这个职员对酒的价格感到十分惊讶。be surprised at 表示“对....惊讶”，如：You'll be surprised at my progress.你会对我的进步感到惊讶。
8.He asked why.他问为什么会这么贵。这是一个省略句，补充完整应该是：He asked why the wine was so expensive.
9.The waiter said:"in our restaurant .a glass of wine costs the same as a bottle of wine".招待说：“在我们饭店，一杯酒的价格和一瓶酒的价格是一样的。”the same as 表示“和....一样”，如I have the same watch as you have.我的表和你的一样
10.It's the same with many things here.“我们店里好多东西都是这样卖的”the same with也表示“和....一样”，后面接名词或代词，如：It's just the same with our family这和我们家的情形一样。
11.It's one of our rules“这是我们店里的一个规矩。one of 后面用可数名词复数，表示"....之一”
12.The young clerk's wife became very pale.when she heard this.年轻职员的妻子听到这里，脸色发白。become在这里是系动词，后面接形容词做表语。　
13."Iwish I'd known about that rule earlier,"she said“我要是早点知道这个规矩就好了！”她说。动词wish后跟宾语从句表示说话人的愿望，这个愿望在说话当时没有实现。用虚拟语气。本文中职员的妻子希望自己早点知道这个规矩，而事实如此。
wish后从句的动词用了过去完成时，表示某些已经发生，说话人认为是一种遗憾。
14.I had a piece of whale meat for dinner.“我吃了一块鲸鱼肉”have sth.for dinner/breakfast/lunch...:晚餐、早餐，午餐吃了....食物。
15.I wish I had supper somewhere else.“我真希望我今天在别处吃的晚饭。”仍然是wish引导的宾语从句用了虚拟语气，表示一种遗憾，后悔。
范文二：Had it Not Been for the Alarm Clock（如果不是因为那只闹钟）
文中wish 引导的从句中的虚拟语气，有些表达了遗憾、后悔之情，有些则表达了艾丽丝的美好但却难以实现的愿望，从文中看出，
虚拟语气的使用和语境有很大的关系。　
1.Alice's alarm clock didn't ring this morning爱丽斯的闹钟今天早上没有响。
2.She really wishes it had rung.她真希望今天早上的闹钟响了。wish引导的宾语从句，表示惹事已经发生，说话人认为是一种遗憾
本文中alice的闹钟早上没有响。她希望那不是事实。
3.If it had rung.she wouldn't have been late for work this morning.如果闹钟响了，她今天上班就不会迟到了。此句是对过去虚拟的条件句，表示对过去事实相反的假设和可能引起的结果。if 从句里用过去完成时，主句用would+have+过去分词。
4.she wishes she were a bird so that she could get there in a second.她多想自己变成一只鸟儿，这样眨眼的工夫就能飞到办公室。
wish引导的宾语从句，表示现在不可能实现的愿望，所以句中用了过去时态were.
5.Had it not been for the alarm clock,she wouldn't have been late。如果不是因为闹钟不响的话，她就不会迟到了。这句话的开头部分是由if it had been for 变来，去掉if 构成倒装，助动词提前，变成had it not been for,仍然是对过去事实的虚拟，主句里用
wouldn't have been,从句里用了过去完成时。
你不介意我把窗户打开吗？Do you mind if I open the window?
这类回答怎么说呢
当问句是Do you mind…或Would you mind…的时候，就要根据mind这个动词的情况来回答，如果你介意，不同意对方做某事，就回答Yes，可是如果人不介意，就回答No
下面我们就一起来学学情境交际吧。
情景交际其实也是可以按照不同的环境和场合分类的。比如：问候，介绍，告别，感谢等等。
＿＿＿？
I’d like to see that green dress.
A.What do you buy B.Can you help me C.Do you want anything D.What can I do for you
D
交际英语在题型上一般以对话的形式出现，学生可以根据答语选问句或根据问句选答语。
回答语说“我想看看那件绿色的裙子”，看来是在“购物”时发生的对话，应该是了生在售货员与顾客之间的。
不过有一点要注意，中国的服务员面对顾客常说“你想要买点什么？”可是英美国家的人则说May/Can I help you?What can I do for you?或者Is there anything I can do for you?
回答I’d like…就可以了。
英语和汉语文化习惯不同，其实这点也常被用作考点，比如
Hi,I haven’t seen you for ages!You look fine!
____,you look well,too.
A.Great B.Thanks C.Oh,no D.Not at all
B
在英语里，当有人对你恭维赞赏时，人千万不能象汉语那样很谦虚地说“Oh,no”，而是要欣然，并表示一下谢意，说句“thank you”就可以了。
I’d like to invite you to dinner this Saturday,Mr,Smith.
__________.
A.Oh,no.Let’s not B.I’d rather stay at home
C.I’m very sorry ,but I have other plans D.Oh,no .That’ll be too much trouble
C
当别人邀请你做某事的时候，如果你不能接受邀请，拒绝别人也一定要注意礼貌，毕竟别人是一番好意，所以回答的时候千万不能A那样断然拒绝。或是像B那样很没有礼貌。
还有另外一种表示法，就是你可以先表示出很想去的意愿，可是有别的事情，所以不能接受邀请，就说：“　I’d love to ,but I have other plans .
如果愿意接受邀请呢？It’s very nice of you,或I’d love to come .
还有什么情景是比较典型和重要的呢？
比如陌生人见面或自我介绍，问候，道歉等等。
Let me introduce myself, I’m Albert.
__________-.
A. What a pleasure B. It’s my pleasure C. I’m very pleased D.Pleased to meet you
D
我觉得碰到别人介绍自己，我也应该向他介绍我自己，那回答就是I’m Tony.你当然可以这样说，不过通常你认识了一个人，你要先说“很高兴见到你“就是Nice to meet you .或者Glad to meet you .然后你就可以接着说”my name is Tony.
Pleased to meet you =Nice to meet you .
在汉语里，如果有人介绍一位新朋友给你认识，在比较正式的场合里，我们一般会和新朋友握手，并说“你好”在英语里也可以说：“How do you do ?”
How are you常是熟人之间问候。
Sorry for not phoning you.
__________.
A. I quite understand B. Please don’t worry C.No,I don’t D. That’s quite all right .
D
Thank you .回答可以是That’s all right ./You’re welcome
I’m sorry That’s all right .It doesn’t matter .That’s nothing .或者用Never mind .
交际用语是要根据不同的场合做出不同的反应。
做这类题　，首先要分清场合，这个对话会发生在什么样的情况下。还有要注意对话不要太平淡，要有感彩，要有礼貌。其它的通过看这个表格和做下面的题一定会有体会的。
一、分清场合
二、避免用汉语思维
三、有感情、有礼貌。
1、I want an apple.
________.too.
A. I B. Me C.Mine D.myself
2.Mr. Robert, I’d like you to meet Mr.Joe Hill, manager of the shop.
_________?
A. How are you B. How do you do C. How are you feeling today D. Are you really Mr.Hill
3.Will you please go to New York with me ?
No, I_________.
A. wouldn’t B. shall not C. won’t D.shouldn’t
4.I enjoy Chinese food very much.
---_______________________-.
A. Please taste quickly B. Have more ,please
C.Help yourself ,please D.Eat slowly while it is hot
5.Have you ________been to the Great Wall ?
No,_______.
A.ever ,ever B. once, never C.never ,ever D.ever ,never
6.I’m sorry I am late .
--_______, come earlier next time .
A. No problem B. All right C. It doesn’t matter D. I don’t mind
7.Excuse me ,Can I use your ruler ?
_________.
A. No, you can’t B. I’m sorry, but I’m using it . C. Yes, you could D.I’m afraid you couldn’t
8.How’s the young man ?
________.
A. He’s twenty B. He’s much better C. He’s a doctor 　D.He’s David
9.You haven’t been to Beijing,have you ?
________.How I wish to go there !
A. Yes, I have B. Yes, I haven’t C. No ,I have D.No,I haven’t
10.Can I get you a cup of tea ?
________.
A. That’s very nice of you . B. With pleasure C.You can, please D.Thank you for the tea
11.Did you wash it in hot water ?
________.I’m not that foolish .
A. Of course B. Sure enough C. No problem . D. Of course not
12.Do you want anything ?
________I’d like to buy a shirt .
A. Thank you . B. Yes,please C. Can you help me ? D. Yes ,you are right .
13.Oh, sorry. I’ve broken the coffee cup .
________.
A. Not at all B. You are welcome C. Never mind D. It’s a pity .
14.What’s her name again ?
________, but I think it’s Shirley.
A. I’m really not sure . B. Sorry, I don’t know C. I guess so D.I know her
15.Hand in your exercise-books .
________.
A. Here you are B. No ,we haven’t finished C. Yes, let’s D. Excuse me ,I can’t
16.Will you have another cake ?
________.
A. Yes, I’ll have B. No,I don’t C.No,thanks D. No, please
17.How did you do in yesterday’s test?
Not very well , ________.
A. I am sure B.of course C. thank you D. I’m afraid
18.Would you mind if I play the violin here ?
________.
A. no, you don’t B. No, do as you please
C. Yes, I don’t mind D.Yes ,do as you please .
19.Will you come here this afternoon?
________.
A. Yes, I am B. No ,I may not C.I’d be glad to D. I’m glad to here .
20.May I speak to Miss Liu,please ?
Hold on a moment. Miss Liu! ________on the phone
A. Someone is looking for you B.Here is a message for you
C.You’re called D.You’re wanted
21.I’m too busy to go to the cinema with you ,John.
________The film is said to be a very good one .
A. That’s all right B. I’m so sorry C. What a shame ! D.It’s too disappointed .
22.Can you play tennis with me now ?
________,I’ll have to finish my homework first .
A. Certainly B. Yes, I can C. I don’t think so D. I’m afraid not
23.Don’t you believe me ?
________,I’ll believe ________you say.
A. No, whatever B.Yes, no matter what C. No, no matter what D.Yes,whatever
24.Do you think it’s going to rain?
________.
A. I hope not B. I don’t think C. I don’t hope so D.I don’t believe it
25.Do you mind my taking this seat?
_____.
A.Yes,sit down please B.No,of course not
C.Yes,take it please D.No,you can’t take it
26.Could I borrow your dictionary?
Yes,of course you________.
A.might B.will C.can D.should
27.Hello .May I speak to Zhao Hua?
Yes._________.
A.My name’s Zhao Hua B.I’m Zhao Hua C.This is Zhao Hua speaking D.Zhao Hua’s me
28.Have a nice weekend!
__________.
A. The same to you B. You do too C.This same as you D. You have it too
29.Could I use your computer?
____________________.
A. Of course you could B. Sure ,go ahead C.Sorry, you may not D. no, you musn’t
30.Do you think it’s going to rain over the weekend?
__________.
A. I don’t believe B. I don’t believe so C. I believe not so D.I believe not
情景交际：
1。　问候
a. Good morning/afternoon/evening
Hello, /Hi
How are you?
b. Fine ,thank you,And you ?
Very well,thank you .
C.say hello to …
Please remember me to….
2.介绍　Introductions.
a.This is Mr/Miss/Mrs….
May I introduce you to ….
I’d like you to meet ….
b.How do you do ?
Nice /Glad to meet you
c.My name is ….I’m a student/worker etc.(here)
3.告别 Farewells
a. I think it’s time for us to leave now .
I’m afraid I must be leaving now.
I really must be off
b.Goodbye (Bye-bye!bye)
See you later/tomorrow(See you.)
Good night.
4.打电话Making telephone calls .
a.Hello, May I speak to ….?
Is that …speaking?
Who’s calling please?
b.Hold on ,please
He/she isn’t here right now ?
Can I take a message for you?
May I have your number ,please?
C.I’m calling to tell/ask you…..
d.Good bye.
5，感谢和应答Thanks and responses .
a.Thank you (very much)
Thanks a lot
Many thanks .
Thanks for ….
b.Not at all
My pleasure
Don’t mention it .
That’s all right
You’re welcome.
6.祝愿、祝贺和应答Wishes,congratulations and responses
a.Good luck!
Best wishes to you
Have a nice /good time
Congratulations!
Happy birthday to you .
b.Thank you
C.Happy New Year!
Merry Christmas！
d.The same to you
7.意愿　Intentions
I’m going to ….
I will….
I’d like to….
I want/hope to….
I’m really to….
8.道歉和应答Apologies and responses
a. I’m sorry
I’m sorry for/about…
Excuse me.
I apologize
b.That’s all right
It doesn’t matter.
That’s nothing
Never mind.
9.遗憾和应答Regrets and sympathy.
What a pity. I’m sorry to hear
10.邀请和应答Invitations and responses
a. Will you come to …?
Would you like to …?
I’d like to invite you to …
b.Yes, I’d love to …
Yes,it’s very kind/nice of you .
C.I’d love to …but…..
I’m sorry .I can’t …
Thank you very much,but….
11.提供（帮助等）和应答offers and responses
a.Can I help you ?
What can I do for you ?
Let me …for you .
Would you like some ..?
b.Thanks,That would be nice/fine.
Thank you for your help.
Yes ,please.
C.No, thanks/thank you
That’s very kind of you,but….
No,it’s all right I can manage.
12.请示允许和应答Asking for permission and responses
a.May I…?
Can/Could I…?
I wonder if I could…?
b.yes/Certainly.
Yes .do please.
Of course (You may)
That’s Ok/all right .
C.would /do you mind if I …?
D. Of course not .
No, do as you please .
e.I’m sorry ,but…
You’d better not .
13、表示同意和不同意（Expressing agreement and disagreement.）
a. Certainly /Sure /Of course
Yes, please .
Yes ,I think so .
That’s true.
All right/OK.
That’s good idea.
I agree with you
b.No, I don’t think so
I’m afraid not .
I really can’t agree with you .
Not really.
14.表示肯定和不肯定。Expressing certainty and uncertainty.
a. I’m sure
I’m sure (that)…
b.I’m not sure .
I’m not sure whether /if
C.Maybe/Perhaps
15.喜好和厌恶　Likes and dislikes
a. I like/love…(verymuch)
I like /love to …
b.I don’t like (to)…
I hate to …
16.谈论天气　Talking about the weather.
a.What’s the weather like today?
How’s the weather in …?
b.It’s fine/cloudy/windy /rainy,etc.
It’s rather warm/cold/hot today, isn’t it ?
Lovely day ,isn’t it ?
17.购物shopping .
a.What can I do for you ?
May/Can I help you?
b. I want /I’d like…
How much is it ?
That’s too much/expensive, I’m afraid.
That’s fine.I’ll take it .
Let me have …kilo/box,etc.
c.How many/much do you want ?
　What color /size/kind do you want?
d. Do you have any other kind /size/color?
Have you anything a little cheaper?
18.问路和应答Asking the way and responses
a.Excuse me ,Where’s the men’s /ladies’ room?
Excuse me ,can you tell me the way to ..?
How can I get to …? I don’t know the way.
b.Go down this street.
Turn right/left at the first /second crossing.
Go straight ahead till you see…
c.It’s about….meters from here.
19.问时间或日期和应答Asking the time or date and responses
a. What day is it today?
What’s the date today ?
What time is it ?
What’s the time ,please?
Excuse me . What time is it by your watch?
b.It’s Monday/Tuesday.
It’s January 10th.
It’s five o’clock /half past five/a quarter to five /five thirty.
It’s time for…
20.请示requests.
a.Can /Could you…for me ?
Will/Would you please…?
May I have …?
代词
who is it? It’s me. 这里的代词it可以代替猜测中的人。
代词分为八类：
人称代词
物主代词
反身代词
指示代词
不定代词
疑问代词
连接代词
关系代词
而且每类里面都有很详细的分类,前面几类比较基础，比较难的是不定代词。
1.Everybody must make_______　own choice.
A. his B.your C.one’s D.her
A　is right
anyone, anybody, everyone , everybody这些不定代词作主语，物主代词既可以用单数的　his，也可以用复数的their.另外，当each, every ,many a 修饰两个用and连接的单数名词时，物主代词要用单数his.
Every teacher and student at Tsinghua University is pround of his school.
2.How many people do we have here? _______ but him.
A.No one B. Nobody C.None D. Nothing
3.What is on the balckboard? Nothing
4.Who is in the classroom? Nobody. (No one)
Nothing回答以what 提问的句子，nobody和no one回答以who提问的句子，none回答以how many或how much提问的句子。
问what “什么”的时候当然用表示事物的nothing,而问who人的时候，要用nobody或者no one,
how many多少，就用表示一个都没有的none.
5.We think _______ our duty to pay taxes to our government.
A. that B. this C.its D. it
it作形式主语或形式宾语，代替作主语或宾语的不定式或从句。
it 的用法很重要，象你知道的，它可以指无生命的东西，也可以指猜测中的人，it还可以代替时间，距离，天气，季节等等。比如：
It’s 9 o’clock now
it作形式主语的比如：It is said that he is going abroad in May.这里的it代替后面的that从句。
另外，it还可以用在“It is ….that/who…”这种强调结构中，用这个结构说个句子吧
“这就是我们初次与他见面的地方”It was here that I first met him.
下面我们讲一下代词的难点：不定代词，而不定代词的难点在一些用法很类似的词之间的区别。
下面来看几组不定代词之间的区别，比如：some和any这一对不定代词，都可以作主语、宾语、定语。
some用在肯定句中，而any常用在否定句和疑问句中。
但表示邀请或请示时，或期待对方作肯定回答时，可以将some用于疑问句中，any也可以用于肯定句，表示“任何的”
Will you have some milk?
She is younger than any other student in the class
那它们的类似的something和anything的用法也是一样的区别了。
a few和a little在意义上是肯定的，few 和little在意义上是否定的
Are the new rules working? Yes ,Few books are stolen.
新的规则起作用了，几乎没有书被偷了。
6.______have a Chinese-English dictionary.
A. Every B. Every of us C. We every D. We each
each强调个体“每个”，而every强调整体，“所有的”在用法上every 只能作形容词，而each可以作形容词也可作代词。every是不能作同位语的，另外还有一点，every可以和not 连用，而each则不可以。
Not every worker is so skillful不是每个工人都很熟练。
one指代前文出现过的可数名词，有特指意义，that通常用来代指不可数名词。it代替特定的单数名词，而one则代替不特定的单数名词。
7.I hope there are enough glasses for each guest to have _______.
A.it B.those C. that D.one
8.why don’t we take a little break? Didn’t we just have _______?
A.it B.those C. that D.one
one代替one break.一次休息、和每次的休息都是一样的，所以不是特指的。
one这个词很特殊，它可以与冠词连用，可以有自己的定语，复数是ones反身代词oneself物主代词是one’s
eg.one by one一个又一个 one another相互　one after one陆续地 one…..the other 一个。。。另一个等等。
another,other,others这些词的区别
9.Have you finished your report yet?
No, I’ll finish it in _______ ten minutes?
A.another B. other C.others D.the other
other 泛指其余的人或物，一般作定语。如：We study Chinese ,maths ,English and other lessons.这句话就是other表示泛指作定语的例子。
the other是指两者中的另一个，She has two children, one is a boy ,the other is a girl.
One ….the other“一个。。。另一个”的意思。
the others?指整体中除去一部分，剩余的全部。
There are 55students in our class, 30 of us are girl.The others are boys.
another是泛指另一个，另外的，不是两个之中的另一个，它只能修饰或代替单数可数名词。
eg:I don’t like this one ,please show me another.
总结：刚才我们学习了few/a few /little/a little/,each/every ,it /one /that , other /others /another.
下面我们讲讲复合不定代词的用法：
复合不定代词就是由some,any, no ,every 加上body，one或者thing构成的不定代词叫复合不定代词。　someone, nobody everything这样的词。
这些词在句中只能作主语，宾语和表语，它们不能作定语。作主语时，谓语动词用单数。比如Some is knocking at the door. 有人在敲门。下面做一道题吧。
10.＿＿＿of them knew about the plan because it was kept in secret.
A. Everyone B. Anyone c. No one D. None
everyone , anyone, no one只能指人，不能指物，不能和of短语连用；而every one ,any one,none既可以指人，又可以指物，可以和of短语连用。
反身代词表示“……自己”，在句中作宾语，或作名词，代词的同位语以加强语气。
I cleared the classroom by myself.它要和指代同一人或同一物的主语或宾语相对应。你说这道题里的反身代词应该和哪个词相对应呢？
11.Tom felt that he knew everybody’s business better than they knew it ________.
A. themselves B.oneself C.itself D. himself
enjoy oneself玩得愉快　for oneself为自己 Help yourself 随便吃 come to oneself苏醒
代词的知识点是比较琐碎一些，而且还有三个比较重要的部分，疑问代词，连接代词，关系代词。这些在我们学从句的时候再具体复习。
12.Come and look at _________ painting._________ beautiful.
A.your, That’s B. him ,It’s C.hers, That’s D. his, It’s
13. We couldn’t eat in a restaurant because ________ of us had ________ money on us.
A.all,no B.any,no C.none,any D.no one,any
14．---Is _________ here?
---No,Bob and Tom have asked for leave.
A.anyone B.everyone C.no one D.someone
15. ---When shall we meet again?
---Make it _________ day you like; it’s all the same to me.
A. one B. any C. another D. other
根据上下文判断，是“任何一天”的意思。
16. I hate ________ when people talk with their mouths full.
A.it B.that C.these D.them17. Few pleasures can equal ______ of a cold drink on a hot day.
A. those B. that C. one D. some
指带the pleasure,C错。one 代替不特定的名词，而这里是特定的，代替the pleasure of……
18. I agree with most of what you said, but I don’t agree with _________.
A. everything B. anything C. something D. nothing
19.. No bread eaten by man is so sweet as _________ got by his own labour.
A. one B. that C. such D. what
20.. Is ________ possible to fly to the moon in a spaceship?
A. now B. man C. that D.it
21.Victor certainly talks a lot. Yes. He’s never interested in what ______ has to say.
A. no one else B. anyone else C. somebody else D. nobody else
22.Listen! Someone is unlocking the door. _______ must be the two young tenants _____ back.
A. It; coming B. They; coming C. It; to come D.They; to come
23.The match was put off,_________ was exactly _________ he wanted.
A. that, what B. it, what C. which, which D. which ,what
24．The prize is to be given to ________ arrives first.
A. whomever B. whatever C. whoever D. anyone
25. All the students will ________ give a five-minute talk.
A. each B. all C. both D. every
26． Some people like to stay at home on Sundays, but ________ like to go to the cinema.
A. another B. other C. others D. other one
It 的用法

it
有实意
代替前面已提到的某事，某事
指时间
指距离
指自然现象
无实意
作形式主语
作形式宾语
用于构成强调句型

人称代词，物主代词，反身代词
单数
人称
主格
宾格
形容词性
物主代词
名词性
物主代词
反身代词
第一人称
I
me
my
mine
Myself
第二人称
you
you
your
Yours
yourself
第三人称
he
him
his
his
Himself
she
her
her
hers
Herself
it
it
its
its
Itself
复数
第一人称
we
us
our
ours
Ourselves
第二人称
you
you
your
yours
Yourselves
第三人称
they
them
their
theirs
themselves
one , another, the other
词义
用法
one…
the other...
一个……
另一个……
一定范围内两人（物），一个用one,另一
个用the other.一定范围内三者，一个用
one,另一个用one(another),第三个可用the
other, a third
some…
the others...
一些……
另一些...
一定范围内，除去一部分人（物），剩余的全部用the others
one…anther…
another…
一个......
另外……
泛指另一个用another
some…others…
others…
一些……
另一些……
泛指别的人或物时，用others.当在
一定范围内，除去一部份后，剩余
部分并不是全部时，也用others.
相互代词，指示代词和疑问代词
相互代词
each other(指两人)
主格：each other
宾格：each other
所有格：each other’s
one another(指三人以上)
主格：one another
宾格：one another
所有格：one another’s
指示代词
单数（this, that）
复数 (these, those)
疑问代词
主语 （who, which ,what）
宾语 (whom, which, what)
定语 (whose, which, what)
关系代词和不定代词
关系代词
主语（who, which, that）
宾语 (whom, which, that)
定语 (whose)
不定代词
some, any, so, all, both, none, either, neither, each
much, many, other, another, few, little, one, someone
somebody, something, anyone, anybody, anything
nobody, nothing, everyone, everybody, everything
KEY: AC 5.D 6D 7D 8.D 9A 10 D
11-15ADCBB 16-20ABABD 21-25BADCA 26.C
A2.C 5.D6.D every不能作代词。ABC均错7.D. one指代前文出现过的可数名词，it也可以指代前文出现过的单数可数名词，有特指含义，that通常用来指代不可数名词。it代替特定的单数名词，而one则代替不特定的单数名词。8。D9.A10.D
11.A.从句意看应该是和they相对应　，所以选A
12.D
13.C none指我们中没有一人。
14.B
15.B
16.A
17.B
18.A
19.B指代bread
20.D D.作形式主语。
21.B.anyone else表示“其他人”。C错。somebody一般用于肯定句。
22.A A对。当指想象中的人时用it表示。coming back 作定语。
C错。动词不定式作定语表示尚未发生的事，分词作定语表示正在进行的动作。
23.D对。which作非限制性定语从句的主语，what是表语从句中的宾语。B错。非限制性定语从句，不用it
24.C
25.A对。each作同位语，指每一个人。
26.C C 对。some…others…构成搭配。
代词专项练习及答案
1.The teacher gave the books to all the students except_______who had already taken them.
A.ones　 B.some 　C.the ones 　D.the others
2.Our manager allowed_______to take a holiday next week.
A.you and I　 B.yourself and me 　　　C.I and you　　　 D.you and me
3.-I feel a bit thirsty.
　-Why don't you have_______water?
A.some　　　 B.a　　　C.any 　　　D.little
4.I have two cats and I like_______.
A.all of them　　 B.them both　　 C.every one of them　　 D.them each
5.My father said that he would take_______for dinner when he came next time.
A.all us out　　 B.out all us 　　C.all out us　　 D.us all out
6.Peter didn't attend the party_______.
A.the last week　　 B.the week before now
C.this past week 　　D.the week past
7.Some of my students study very hard._______just don't care.
A.Anothers 　　B.The other　　 C.Others 　　D.Some other
8.-Did you feed the baby?
　-No,he can_______.
A.eat by himself 　　B.feed for himself 　　C.feed by himself　　 D.eat for himself
9.My brother is a man of_______words.
A.little　　 B.few　　 C.less　　 D.fewer
10.There is_______hope for the work to be finished in such short time.
A.much　　 B.small　　 C.few　　 D.little
11.Some old buildings were put down,but_______new ones have been built.
A.much more　　 B.no more　　 C.many more　　 D.any more
12.When they met,they stopped and said hello to_______.
A.each other　　 B.each another　　 C.the other each　　 D.each one
13.-Which of the two French films do you like better?
　 -_______,because they are meaningless.
A.Both　　 B.Either　　C.None 　　D.Neither
14.-The US is certainly an interesting country.
　 -Yes,you can find just about_______there.
A.something　　 B.everything　　 C.nothing　　 D.anything
15.After everyone took_______place,the meeting began.
A.his　　 B.their　　 C.there　　 D.the
16.Although the city is small,its library is as complete_______.
A.as a large city　　 B.like a large city　
　 C.as that of a large city　　 D.like in a large city
17.A few of_______are planning to drive to New York during spring break.
A.we boys　　 B.boys we　　 C.us boys 　　D.boys
18.That man is a friend of my_______.
A.brother's 　　B.brother　　 C.brothers 　　D.brother mso's own
19.Of all the problems,_______is so difficult as this one.
A.not one　　 B.either　　 C.neither　　 D.none
20.I'm sorry I can't give you_______advice.
A.a　　 B.an　　 C.any 　　D.some
21.The old man feels lonely with_______to look after him.
A.someone　　 B.no one 　　C.anyone　　 D.none
22.His leg was hurt._______is why he didn't come.
A.It 　　B.Which　　 C.That 　　D.There
23.-What does John do in China?
　 -I hear_______teaches English.
A.she　　 B.him　　 C.his　　 D.he
24.There were only_______people who could get_______money for the work.
A.few;many 　　B.little;many 　　C.a few;much 　　D.a little;much
25.The population of China is larger than_______.
A.India　　 B.that of India　　 C.India's　　 D.those of India
26._______of the pupils has passed the exams.
A.Every one　　 B.Everyone　　 C.Someone　　 D.All
27._______dictionary will tell you the meaning of these words.
A.Some of 　　B.All　　 C.Any　　 D.None
28.There are trees on_______side of the road.
A.every　　 B.each 　　C.both　　 D.all
29._______of the people was given a piece of paper when entering the room.
A.Every　　 B.All　　 C.Some　　 D.Each
30.I don't think_______any good sending more workers to work there.
A.if 　　B.that　　 C.which　　 D.what
31.The party continued through_______.
A.the whole of the night　　 B.nearly whole of the night
C.almost all of the night 　　D.most of the night
32.The book has lost its cover.I will put a new_______on it.
A.cover　　 B.ones 　　C.one 　　D.piece
33.Does_______matter if he can't come tomorrow?
A.this　　 B.that 　　C.he　　 D.it
34.The group are waiting on_______plane to take off.
A.their 　　B.his　　 C.he 　　D.himself
35.It was_______who told you the news.
A.him　　 B.his　　 C.he　　 D.himself
36.I'd like to have a car of_______.
A.own　　 B.my own　　 C.my own one　　 D.myself
37.I'm sorry I can't express_______in English well.
A.me　　 B.mine 　　C.I　　 D.myself
38.You can find a tower at_______ends of the bridge.
A.both　　 B.all　　 C.each　　 D.either
39.She is doing her homework.I'll do_______.
A.such　　 B.so　　 C.the same　　 D.the same as
40.This word has_______meaning.
A.a quite another　 B.quite another　　 C.the quite another　　 D.quite the another
41.Her composition is better than_______.
A.anyone　　 B.anyone else　　 C.anyone else　　 D.anyone's else
42.I found_______impossible for_______to work out the maths problem.
A.it;him　　 B.it;he　　 C.that;him　　 D.that;he
43.That only man had three sons,all of_______died during the last earthquake.
A.them　　 B.which　　 C.those 　　D.whom
44.Mary learned Chinese for about two years,_______is,from 1993 to 1995.
A.this　　 B.that　　 C.it　　 D.he
45.He kept the money without_______knowing where it was.
A.anyone　　 B.anything　　 C.everything　　 D.someone
参考答案
1-10 CDABD CCABD 11-20 CADBA CCADC 21-30 BCDCB DDBAB 31-40 DCDAC BDDBC 41-45 CADBA
形容词和副词专项训练
It is the beautifulest mobile phone I have ever seen.
这句话是错误的，应该是It is the most beautiful mobile phone I have ever seen.
形容词主要用来修饰名词和代词，说明事物或人的性质或特征。多数形容词在句子中可以作定语、表语和补语。当然，作定语修饰名词还是它最常见的用法。
名词定语的顺序是：限定词（冠词，代词等）――数词――描绘词（大小，长短，形状，新旧，颜色）――出处――质地，类别＋所修饰名词
1.He wants ________.
A. a red big plastic box B. red a big plastic box
C. a big red plastic box D. a big plastic red box
修饰不定代词的形容词要后置。
2.There is ________ I want to ask you.
A. something new B. new something C. the something D. the new something
另外还有两种情况：形容词后有介词短语或不定式短语时；形容词与表示数量的词组连用时。
This is a student worth of praise.这是一个值得表扬的学生。其中形容词worth后有介词短语修饰，而Is it a problem difficult to solve?这是一道难解的题吗？这个句子中的形容词difficult后面就跟有不定式，所以放在被修饰名词problem的后面。
北京饭店是一座十五层楼的建筑。Beijing Hotel is a building fifteen stories high.就是这种用法
下面我们来看一看副词。副词可以修饰动词、形容词、副词或其他结构，多用作状语，我们先来看一下副词在句中的位置。
3.I _________ the journey to Australia.
A.will never forget B.will forget never C.never will forget D.never forget
频度副词，如：always, usually, seldom 等，放在行为动词之前，be动词、助动词之后。sometimes有时也放在句首。
He often goes to the cinema.
He is seldom ill.
I got to school early yesterday.
enough在修饰形容词或副词时，要放在形容词或副词的后面，修饰名词时放在名词前后都可以。
4.――Mum, I think I’m_________ to get back to school.
――Not really, my dear. You’d better stay at home for another day or two.
A. enough well B. enough good C.well enough D.good enough
副词和形容词一样，也涉及多个副词的排列顺序问题，比如：
表示时间和地点的同类副词，按由小到大的顺序排列。
比如刚才那道题，要先说最小单位at a hotel,其次是by the sea,最后才是大单位副词in the town.
对于不同类副词，排列顺序是：程度＋地点＋方式＋时间副词。
I went home alone yesterday.
比如：I went home alone yesterday.就是先说地点副词home,接着是方式副词alone,最后是时间副词yesterday.
英语就是这样，往往只是细微的区别，却需要你很细心，很用心地下工夫。
5.She is ________ interested in physics. She often works at it until _________ into the night.
A.deeply, deep B.deep, deep C.deep, deeply D.deeply, deeply
有些副词有两种形式，一种与形容词同形，另一种以ly结尾。两种形式的含义是不一样的。
比如deep,它作形容词表示“深的”，同时也可以作副词，表示“深入的，迟地，晚地”，是比较具体的含义，而deeply是副词，通常表示抽象概念的“深深的”。
hard late high short wide
下面我们就来学习它们的用法吧。大多数形容词和副词有原级、比较级和最高级的变化，用来表示事物的等级差别。
比较级和最高级的变化形式是：在单音节和双音节词词尾 加--er,--est,在多音节词和以ly，ful结尾的双音节词前面加more 或　most.
但有些词会有两种形式，比如clever, 它的比较级既可以说成more clever也可以说cleverer.这些都是规则变化，还有一些词是不规则变化。
6.He is brighter than___________ in the class.
A.all the boys B.the all girls C.all the other boys D.all boys and girls
当一个群体中的一分子与同一群体中的其他份子比较时，要加上other，这类句子虽是比较句型，但具有表达最高级的意思。
这两种形式都可以，用any other的时候后面要接单数名词，而用all(the)other的时候后面要接复数名词。
any other+单数名词
all (the)other+复数名词
错China is larger than any country in Asia.
对China is larger than any other country in Asia.
使用比较级时，要注意比较对象的对应，保证前后一致。
千万要避免刚才那种把主语包含在比较对象之中的错误。
7.The wood of some trees is _______.
A.harder than others B.harder than that of others
C.harder than that of others’ D.harder than those of others
是the wood of some trees和the wood of other trees进行比较。
为了避免重复，我们把相同部分the wood用that来代替。
上海的人中比北京多。The population of Shanghai is larger than that Beijing
形容词比较级后面有名词的时候，前面才能用定冠词。
8.Which is_________ country ,Canada or Australia?
A.a large B.large C.a larger D.the larger
“加拿大的澳大利亚哪个更大”，我们可以说Which is larger Canada or Australia?但是题干中有名词country,所以我们就要在名词前面加上冠词，在这句话中是特指较大的那个国家。
也就是形容词比较级后面有名词的时候，前面才能用定冠词。
比较级前面加定冠词的情况也出现在用of the two限定比较范围的句子中，比如：
他是两个兄弟中较高的一个。He is the taller of the two brothers.
the+比较级＋of the two 是两者比较的一种常用句型，千万要记清楚。
9.If there were no examinations, we should have_________ at school.
A.the happiest time B.a more happier time C.much happiest time D.a much happier time
可修饰比较级的词有a bit, a little, rather, much, far, by far, a lot, lots, a great deal, any, still, even等；或an inch(taller), two years(older), an hour (earlier)等。
10.Gold is _________ most valuable of all metals.
A.the much B.very C.the far D.far the
可以修饰最高级的词有by far, far, much, mostly, almost, nearly等，序数词也可以修饰最高级。
Africa is the second largest continent.
This hat is nearly the biggest.这个帽子差不多是最大的。
That was much the best meal I’ve ever tasted.那是我吃过的最好的一餐。
有一种情况比较特殊，比如：It is a most important problem.
如果形容词前的most前面没有the,就不表示最高级的含义，只表示“非常”。像这个句子其实就相当于It is a very important problem.
11.I have never spent a _________ day.
A.more worry B.most worrying C.more worrying D.most worried
“否定＋比较级”，或“否定词语＋so…as”结构表示最高级含义。
也就是相当于This is the most worrying day that I have ever spent.
This is the easiest thing.
Nothing is easier than this.
Nothing is so easy as this.
形容词同级比较的结构是“as+形容词原级＋as”.在否定句或疑问句中用not as…as…或者not so…as…比如：He cannot run so fast as you.
12. A cow is _________ as a horse.
A.strong as an animal B.as a strong animal C.as strong an animal D.as an animal strong.
as…as中间可以有名词。加单数名词时，用as+形容词+a +单数名词＋as
也就是要在as…as中间加上名词，而且名词还要有几个修饰成分。
加复数和不可数名词时，分别用as many+名词＋as,as much+名词＋as的形式。
比如：I will give you as many books as I have.?总之，无论是什么样的名词，第一个as后面紧跟的都是形容词同，而第二个as前面紧跟的都是名词。
如：This is the most useful book.
This book is much more useful than other books.
13, “Jim is taller than Rose.”means “ ________”
A.Jim is as tall as Rose B.Jim is not so tall as Rose
C.Rose is not so tall as Jim D.They are the same height
14. How beautifully she sings! I have never heard_________.
A.the better voice B.a good voice C.the best voice D.a better voice
15,The film was _________ than I had expected.
A.good better B.very better C.more better D.far better
16, Lesson 12 is __________ than Lesson 10.
A.a bit instructive B.a bit more instructive
C.more instructive a bit D.more a bit instructive
17, Asia is _________ the largest continent in the world.
A.by far B.far away C.in the distance D.a little
18，She is older than __________ three years.
A.me for B.I am by C.I for D.me by
19，He now felt ________ without his friend ,the dog.
A.very more lonely B.even more lonely C.more still lonely D.more far lonely
20，Beijing is becoming________ and_______.
A.more beautiful ; more beautiful B.beautiful; beautiful
C.more; more beautiful D.more beautiful; more
21, She looks__________ for her age.
A.the older B.old C.old than D.much older
22，The weather was __________ than I had expected.
A.rather bad B.rather worse C.quite worse D.the worst
23, The horse is getting old and cannot run _________ it did.
A.as faster as B.so fast than C.so faster as D.as fast as
24, Hold the book _________ please, for I can’t see the words in it clearly.
A.more closer B.more closely C.closely D.closer
25, John did badly in the sports meet and I did even __________.
A.more bad B.more badly C.badlier D.worse
26, The pianos in the other shop will be ________,but_________.
A.cheaper; not as better B.more cheap; not as better
C.cheaper; not as good D.more cheap; not as good
27，After the new technique was introduced, the factory produced________ tractors in 1988 as the year before.
A.as twice many B.as many twice C.twice as many D.twice many as
28, The football match was ________ than I expected.
A.far more exciting B.even much exciting
C.so much exciting D.a lot much exciting
29,--What about this white dress?
--It looks micer. I like it, but it’s too long. Have you got _________ one?
A.a short B.a shorter C.the shorter D.the shortest
30, There aren’t _________ books in our library _________ in yours.
A.so many; as B.so much; as C.so more; than D.as more; than
31，He made the_______ mistakes in the dictation exercise.
A.less B.least C.fewer D.rewest
32, Which do you think tastes_________ ,the chicken or the fish?
A.well B.good C.better D.best
33, The pen my father gave me writes_________.
A.fine B.smooth C.smoothly D.clear
34, Jack is working________ than last term.Maybe he can pass the examination at last.
A.hard B.hardest C.harder D.more hard
35, The new reservoir is _________ the old one.
A.the size of five times than B.the size of five times
C.five times bigger than D.five times the size than
36, Kate acts quite unfriendly. I think she’s ________ than unfriendly.
A.shyer B.shier C.more shy rather D.more shy
D句意是“与其说她不友善，不如说她害羞　”，用原级形式。
37，Professor White has written some short stories, but he is ________ known for his plays.
A.the best B.more C.better D.the most
38，--Do you enjoy listening to records?
--I find records are often___________ or better than an actual performance.
A.as good as B.as good C.good D.good as
39, Qingdao is ________ beautiful city in summer.
A.most B.a most C.the most D.much
40, Mr.Wang has never seen_________ place as Disneyland.
A.more beautiful a B.a more beautiful C.so beautiful a D.such beautiful a
41，My________ sister who works in the bank is two years _________ than I.
A.younger; older B.older; elder C.elder; elder D.elder; older
42，__________, the more he likes it.
A.It is the more dangerous B.It is the most dangerous
C.The more it is dangerous D.The more dangerous it is
C.应该是说冠词a在最前面，大小在颜色前，然后是质地。
A
A
C
A
C
B
D
D
D
C
C
C
D
D
B
A by far 的意思是“……得多”，通常放在最高级前比较级后。D错，?a little不能修饰最高级
B对，这里用by 表示相差的程度。
B　 B对,even+比较级，意思是说“更孤单了”
C ,意思是越来越漂亮了。
D
B
D
D
D
C　cheaper表示“便宜些”，not as good 相当于not as good as this one,表示“没有这个好A错，应该用“not as +原级
C
A 　A对,far修饰比较级more exciting
B
A 　A对，句意是：“我们图书馆的书没有你们图书馆的多”，“not so…as”句型
D
C
C
C
C
D
C　 C,实际上是对他写小说和写剧本的情况进行了比较
A　 A,表示“和……一样好”应该用“as good as”
B　 B.这里的most是“极其、非常”的意思，不是最高级，相当于very
C C,意思是“如此美丽的……”。
D　 D,elder不与than连用，只表示年长的，older 与than连用表示大几岁
D D,the more…the more…句型表示“越……就越……”
11. This box is___ that one.A. heavy than B. so heavy thanC. heavier as D. as heavy as2 When we speak to people, we should be ' .A. as polite as possible B. as polite as possiblyC. as politely as possible D. as politely as possibly3 This book is____ that one, but____ than that one.A. as difficult as; expensiveB. as more difficult as; more expensiveC. as difficult as; more expensiveD. more difficult as; as expensive4 I think the story is not so ___ as that one.A. interesting B. interested C. more interesting D. most interesting5 His father began to work____ he was seven years old.A. as old as B. as early as C. since D. while21. I think science is _ than Japanese.A. much important B. important C. much more important D. more much important( ) 2 This pencil is___ than that one.^. longest B. long C. longer D. as long( ) 3 My mother is no ___ young.A. shorter B. longer C. little D. few( ) 4 These children are ____ this year than they were last year.A. more tall B. more taller C. very taller D. much taller( ) 5 It was very hot yesterday, but it is___ today.A. even hotter B. more hotterC. much more hot D. much hot6. Mrs Black has got____ instead of getting any better.A. more bad B. a little worse C. much badly D. a lot of worse3( ) 1 When we arrived, we found the meeting room crowded with___ students.A. quite a few B. only a few C. few D. a few quite2 The house is small for a family of six.A. much too B. too much C. very much D.so3 Through the window we can see nothing but ____ buildings.A. tall very many B. very many tall C. very tall many D. many very tall4 -What's your brother like?-He is___.A. a driver B. very tall C. my friend D. at school5 The jacket was so___ that he decided to buy it. ,A. much B. little C. expensive D. cheapl6 Our classroom is____ larger than theirs.A. more B. quite C. very D. much4( ) 1 The earth is about____ as the moon.A. as fifty time big B. fifty times as big C. as big fifty times D. fifty as times big( ) 2 Your room is mine.A. twice as large than B. twice the size ofC. bigger twice than D. as twice large as( ) 3 Your room is ___ than mine.A. three time big B. three times big C. three times bigger D. bigger three times( ) 4 His father is____than his mother. ;A. older four years B. as four years older C. four years older D. bigger four years5( ) 1 Maths is more popular than____.A. any other subject B. all the subjects C. any subject D. other subject( ) 2 China is larger than ____ in Africa (^W).A. any other country B. other countries C. the other country J 1%D. any country( ) 3 Tom is stronger than ___ in his class.A. any other boy B. any boys C. any boy D. other boy6( ) 1 When spring comes, it gets____.A. warm and warm B. colder and colder C. warmer and warmer D. shorter and shorter) 2 By and by, ____ students in our class came to like English. A. more and more B. much and much C. many and many D. less and least) 3 At last he began to cry ___.A. hard and hard B. more hard and more hard C. harder and harder D. less hard and less harder) 4 When spring comes the days get ____ and nights ____.A. short; long B. long; short C. longer; shorter D. shorter; longer71___ I look at the picture, ____ I like it.A. The best; the more B. The more; the lessC. The more; less D. More; the more2 ___ he read the book, ____ he got in it. A. The more; the more interestingB. The less; the more interesting C. The more; the more interested D. More; more interested 3 ___ you come back, _____ it will be.A, The quicker; the best B. The sooner; the better C. Faster; the better D. The sooner; better81 I like___ one of the two books.A. the older B. oldest C. the oldest D. older( )2 Which is___country, China or Japan?A. the large B. the larger C. larger D. largest( ) 3 Of the two cups, he bought .A. the smaller B. the smallest C. small D: smaller9( ) 1 Which do you like ___, tea or coffee?A. well B. better C. best D. most( ) 2 This work is ____ for me than for you.A. difficult B. most difficultC. much difficult D. more difficult( ) 3 Which do you think tastes ____, the chicken or the fish?A. good B. better C. best D. well( ) 4 The Great Pyramid is about 137 metres high today, but it was onceA. higher B. highest C. high too D. more high( ) 5 Don't you think it ______ not to write the letter?A^^ A. well , B. better C. best D. good10( ) 1 Who jumped____of all?A. far B. farther C. farthest D. the most far( ) 2 Li Lei is___ student in our class.A. tall B. taller C. tallest D. the tallest( ) 3 The fifth orange is____ of all. Give it to that small child.A. big B. bigger C. the bigger D. the biggest( )4 Who is---of you three?A. the oldest B. much older C. oldest D. older11( ) 1 Tom is one of ____ boys in our class.A. tallest B. taller C. the tallest B. the tall( ) 2 English is one of____ spoken in the world.A. the important languages B. the most important languages C. most important language D. the most important language( ) 3 Beijing is one of____ in China.A. the largest city r '; B. the large cities C. the larger cities D. the largest cities121. Most of the woods ____ been taken good care of.A. are B. is C. has D. have2 ___ like playing football and watching TV.A. Most boys B. Most of they C. Most boy D. More of they3 ___ are here watering the flowers here.A. Some B. Some of the boys C. Some boy D. Some of boys4 ___ haven't been to American.A. Most them B. Most they C. More of them D. Most of them131 ___ is more beautiful than roses.A. No other flower B. No another flowerC. Not other flower D. Not all flowers2 The tree is ___ in the garden.A. the taller B. the tallestC. taller than of-all D. tall.3 Mary studies harder in her class.A. as any one B. than any other girl C. than the other D. than anyone141 Which is___, Li Lei or Wu Tong?A. strong B. strongest C. stronger D. the strongest2 Which language is____, English, French or Japanese? A. easy B. the most easy C. the easiest o D. much more easy3 Which is____interesting, science, maths or English?A. more B. the most C. very D. too4 Which city is____, Beijing, Shanghai or Fuzhou? A. beautiful B. more beautiful C. much more beautiful D. the most beautiful5 Which month is____, June, July or August?A. hot B. hotter C. hottest D. the hottest151 Do you have ____ to tell us?A. something new B. new something C. anything new D. new anything2 Mike, I have____to tell you.A. important something B. important anything C. something important , D. anything important3 There is ___ in today's newspaper.A. interesting something B. nothing interesting C. interesting anything D. anything interesting4 -Is Mrs Brown badly ill?-No, ____. Only a little cold.A. quite well B. nothing serious C. not worry D. anything serious) 5 Come here, I have____ to tell you.A. interesting something B. anything interesting C. nothing interesting D. something interesting16( ) 1. I'm not ___ to lift the heavy box.A. short enough B. enough tall C. health enough D. strong enough( ) 2 The girl works hard ___ to pass the exam.A. enough B. too C. still D. yet( ) 3 He has____ to think it over. . A. many time B. times C. time enough D, enough time17( ) 1 "Do you want____1 . 1-5 D A C A B?
2. 1-6 C C B D A B 　
3. 1-6 A A D B D D
4. 1-4 B B C C?
5. 1-3 A D A?
6. 1-4 D A C C 　
7. 1-3 B C B 　
8. 1-3 A B A 　
9 .1-5 B D B A B 　
10. 1-6 C D C D D A
11. 1-3 C B D?
12. 1-4 C A B D?
13. 1-3 A B B 　
14. 1-5 C C B D D?
15. 1-5 C C B B D 　
　
16. 1-3 D A D1
１8. 1-5 C D D D B
17. 1-3 B A C
19. 1-4 A B A D
20. 1-4 C C A C
21. 1-6 A A C B B D
22. 1-4 C D A C
23. 1-3 B C B
24. 1-5 B C B B C
25. 1-3 B A A
26. 1-3 C C B
27. 1-3 B A D
28. 1-3 B D C
29. 1-3 B D C
30. 1-2 A C
31. 1-2 A B
介词：
介词和名词或动词组成的介词短语在句中都可以作哪些成分呢？
它们在句中作状语，时间状语，地点状语，方式状语等这是介词短语最基本的用法了，不过它还可以作表语和定语，比如She is like her mother(作表语).
　The bridge over the river was built in the 1950s.(作定语)
表示时间的介词：
(1)at用于表示一天中的某个时刻的名词之前。At也可以用在表示短暂时间的名词之前.at noon ,at that moment, at present ,at Christmas.也可以用在表示节日或年龄的名词之前。at Christmas, at the age of ten
1.They are leaving for Jinan________2:00 p.m
at B. during C.before D. on
(2)介词on表示某一特定的日子或和某日连用的某一时间名词之前.表示星期的词前面要用on,　on Friday,或者on Sunday afternoon.,
2.The house was finished______the morning of Feb. 4th .
on B.in C. during D. at
平时我们说in the moring ,可是当morning后面有特定的日子，像这道题中那样，the moring of Feb. 4th .就要用on了。
（3）介词in可与表示年、月、季节、世纪、时代的名词连用。In后面都是跟持续时间比较长的时间段，in后面的名词都有这个特点，同理，它还可以用在表示年龄段，时间段或某段经历的名词之前。比如：在那些日子里in those days，　　在我上学的那段日子里in my school days
In1996 ,in May, in spring ,in the 20th century, in modern times.
规律总结：at , on ,in这三个词所表示的时间有一个从小到大的规律，at表示的时间点最小，in表示的时间段最大。
表示时间的介词还有within, during, for?等，我们再来看看它们几个怎么用。
3.The boy has played in the swimming pool________ two hours.
A. during B. in C. within D. for
During, in ,within ,for都可以与表示一段时间的名词连用，表示“在…之后”，
in表示事件在特定的时间段内发生，多用于将来时，表示“在….之后”也可以用在过去时的句子里，与表示完成意义的动词连用，表示“在….之内”。
Eg: He learned to play tennis in two weeks.他在两周内学会了打网球。
I’ll be free in 10 minutes.我在10分钟之后有时间。
Within主要是强调事件发生的全过程不超过某时间段，比如：He’ll be back within an hour.他会在一个小时之内回来
During强调事件发生的整个时期；for只表示事件发生的过程长达某一段时间。
4.She will return from America_________Saturday morning.
A.on this B.in this C.on next D.this
表示时间的名词前有one,any,every,some,all,this,that,last,next或tomorrow,yesterday等词时，不需要用介词。
这道题中就包含了指示代词this，所以前面就不用介词了。
比如：They meet every Sunday.他们每周日见面。在every前面就不用介词了。
再比如：She stayed with her children last Saturday.上周六她和她的孩子们在一起。
“动”介词：表示动作的方向，经常出现有动词的后面。
“静”介词：表示事物的位置，通常用在名词前面。
我们从表示“动”的概念的介词学起吧。
5.The boy and the girl come_________ different parts of the country.
A.to B.of C.from D.along
to和from表示“来往”，up和down表示“上下”，into和out of表示“进出”。
这道题中come from是表示“来自”。动介词里有几组表示的方向刚好是相对的。
下面这几个句子就更清楚了。比如：
He went into the room.他走进了房间。
He came out of the room.他走出了房间。
The boy climbed up the tree.是个男孩爬上了树。
Tears ran down her face.眼泪顺着她的脸流下来。
还有些介词也是表示动作方向的。
for 动作的目的along沿着 across横过 through穿过
用across时通常用来指从一边到另一边的“通过”，
比如穿过马路across the street,或者过河across the river.
而through多指空间上的概念，比如穿过树林through the woods,穿过地道through the tunnel.
下面我们继续来学习表示“静”概念的介词吧。
6.There is a bridge________ the river.
A.over B.under C.on D.above
三、表示位置上下关系的词：on-beneath表示与物体表面接触的上下关系；over-under表示垂直上下关系且不与物体表面接触；above-below表示非垂直上下关系且不与物体表面接触。
比如：The lamp is on the desk.灯在桌上。
He found the money beneath the carpet.他在地毯下找到了钱。
这两个例子就表示了与物体表面接触的上下关系。
A plane flew above our heads.有一架飞机从我们头上飞过。它表示不垂直，不接触。
The sun has just sunk below the horizon.太阳刚沉没有地平线下。这里的below也是表示不是垂直的下方。
表示时间的介词有从小到大的规律，是at,on,in的顺序。
表示地点的介词分别可以表示“动”和“静”两种情况，“动”介词表示动作的几个方向，“静”介词表示事物的几个位置。
除了表示时间和地点，介词还有其他用法
我们先来看看表示“关于”和“涉及”的几个介词。
7.This is a book_________ Modern English grammar.
A.about B.of C.on D.by
在表示“涉及”的意思时，of不涉及人或事的细节；about表示要涉及详情；而on多用在书，演说，论文等专门的主题上。
比如：I have heard of the man.很简单和概括地说明“我听说过那个人”。而about就不同了。比如：Please tell all about your stay in China.这句话的意思是“请你谈谈你在中国的全部情况”，当然是具体详细些好了。
8..The student is talking to the Australian_________ English.
A.in B.with C.at D.by
在表示“用”这个意思时，with后面接某种工具或器官。
比如：write with a pen用钢笔写 see with one’s eyes亲眼所见
in 后面可接材料，颜色，语言或者方式作介词宾语。
比如：the girl in red穿红衣服的女孩 speak in a low voice小声讲话
by指动作的方式，后面加上无冠词的单数名词，经常用来说明旅行方式。
比如：by air乘飞机 by sea乘船 by car=in my car坐汽车 by bike=on his bike骑自行车
今天所讲的介词都是他们最基本的用法，而我们高中阶段还要接触了大量介词用于固定搭配中的用法。
1, ----Are you English?
----No,I’m_______ the USA.
A.to B.in C.at D.from
2, ________ his opinion you are wrong.
A.From B.In C.To D.About
3, Isn’t very kind_________ your parents to do that for us?
A.for B.to C.about D.of
4, The meeting will begin _________ 9 o’clock sharp.
A.in B.on C.at D.with
5, The old man came _________ the stairs.
A.out of B.through C.off D.down
6, Passengers can buy train tickets faster,________ the computer.
A.thank to B.thank for C.thanks to D.thanks for
7, I knocked_______ someone and fell over_________ my shoulder.
A.into,onto B.down,to C.against,on D.into,by
8, If you go on________ that,you’ll end up________ prison.
A.as,in B.like,in C.for,at D.with,at
9, Weather changes_________ the seasons.
A.for B.during C.to D.with
10, ________ July 1768,the ship set out________ the Pacific,
A.In,to B.On,for C.In,for D.On,to
11, I’m sure there will be a great future________.
A.ahead of us B.in the front of us C.ahead before us D.in front of us
12, Do you know any other foreign language________ German?
A.except B.but C.besides D.as well
13, Your advice is _________ to us.
A.for great value B.of very valuable C.of great value D.for very valuable
14, You mustn’t fill in the form________ pencil but_________ ink.
A.in,with B.with,in C.with,with D.in,in
15, He suddenly returned________ a rainy night.
A.on B.at C.in D.bessides
keys: AADDB 6-8ACA
D对。be from表示“来自于……”。B错。in表示“……里面”，不符句意。
B对。固定搭配in one’s opinion是“在某人看来”的意思。
D对。It’s very kind of sb.固定搭配，意思是“某人真好”。
C对。
D对。come down表示“下来”，符合题意。B错。come through是“经历、成功”等意思，显然不合题意。
C对。thanks to 表示“由于”。
A对。撞到某人用“knock into sb.”；摔倒在地用“fall over onto”。
B对。like that表示“象这样”；in prison表示“进监狱”。A错。as表示“作为、正如、因为”等，通常不和that连用。
D对。表示“随着……”而改变，要用介词with.
C对。月份前用介词in，出发去某处用“set out for”。
A对。“ahead of sb.”表示在某人前面。C错。没有ahead before这样的用法。
C对。beside用于包括在内的人或物，可译为“并且”。A错。except不包括宾语在内，“除……以外”。
C对。be of great value相当于valuable.
D对。表示抽象概念，in pencil表示“铅笔字”，in ink表示“钢笔字”。B错。“with a pencil”就对了。
A对。在具体的某一天前用介词on.
数词：数词分为基数词和序数词，基数词表示“多少”，而序数词表示“序列中的次序”。基数词可以用来表示时间，计量，倍数等等
1.We may have________ vacation in the coming summer.
A, a two-month B. a two months C. a two month’s D. a two months’
带有数词的名词用作定语时，该名词一般用作单数形式。
比如说“50英尺深的湖”怎么说呀？a fifty-foot-deep lake.
如果用the lake 作主语，表示“这个湖有50英尺深”The lake is 50 feet deep. 因为这是数词和形容词表示计量的情况，名词要用复数
比如“她五尺八寸高”，我们就说she is five feet eight inches tall.
hundred,thousand ,dozen等词作定语时，如果是表示确定的数目，即其前面有数词时，就用单数形式，如果后面加上of表示一个泛指的数目时，则要用复数形式。
2.Shortly after the accident,two_____ policemen were sent to spot to keep order.
A. dozen of B.dozens C.dozen D. dozens of
这道题如果改成“几十个警察”这种泛指数目，就是Shortly after the accident,dozens of policemen were sent to the spot keep order.
There are three hundred students in this school.
There are hundred students in this school.
3.He served in the army in _______,when he was in ___________.
A, 1940’s, his twenties B. the 1940, the twenties
C, the 1940’s, his twenties D. the 1940s’ , his twenties
这道题是说:表示“……十”的数词的复数形式可以用来表示人的年龄或年代。而且表示年代时，既可以直接加s，也可以加’s.
表示年代时前面要用定冠词，而表示不具体的年龄时则要用物主代词。
第一点是a sixty-year-old lady,第二点是two dozen policemen,第三点是in her twenties.
不如编成一个句子吧啊：A sixty-year-old lady was helped by two dozen policemen iin her twenties.
序数词和基数词相对应，有的是在基数词基础上变化而来，比如two 对应second,four对应fourth等，有些是有规律的，而有些则是不规则变化，对于序数词的用法，我们先来看一道题.
4.Besides the two otheres ,there was still________ third one who said he was______second to reach the top.
A.a ,a B. the , the C.a ,the D.the ,a
序数词前面加“the”表示顺序，加a则表示“再一、又一”
Try it a second time please.
试翻译这句话：“这是我第三次来这里，我还希望再来一次”
This is the third time I’ve been here ,and I want to be here a fourth time.
另外，first ,second 等词有时可用来表示“第一个（批）人”第二个（批）人时，此时可以省略它们后面的名词。
eg:Tom will be the second to sing in the party汤姆将是第二个在晚会上演唱的人。
She was among the first to come here .她是第一批来这里的。
5.China is ______ larger than the United States.
one six B. one sixth C.one sixes D.one sixths
表示分数时，分子用基数词，分母用序数词。选B
除分子是1的情况外，分母的序数词都用复数，还有百分数的表示方法是“基数词＋percent
one third four sevenths
Seventy-three percent of the earth is covered by water.
倍数的表示法的确是数词里比较难，也是非常重要的一个知识点，现在我们来复习一下：
After the new technique was introduced, the factory produced_______ tractors in 1988 as the year before.
A.as twice many B.as many twice C.twice as many D.twice many as
倍数表示法：1）倍数＋as＋形容词/副词原级＋as…..
2)倍数＋比较级＋than
3)倍数＋the＋名词＋of….
这种词还有weigh重量,length长度, height高度 ,width宽度,depth深度
也就是我们学到了三种倍数表达法，分别都是把倍数放在最前面，然后后面既可以是三年级，比较级还可以用相对应的名词来表达。
另外用by+倍数表示“增加多少倍”，例如：The production of grain has been increased by four times this year.．（今年粮食产量增加了4倍。
6.October 1st 1999 is the ______ anniversary of the founding of New China.
A. fifty B. fiftieth C. fifties D. fiftieth
7.Nealy_______ of the surface of our planet is covered by water.
A. seven ten B. seven tenth C. seven tenths D. seventh ten
8.The hero of the story is an artist in his_______.
A.thirtieth B. thirty C. thirty’s D. thirties
表示几十岁时用“in one’s +数词复数形式”。基数词三十几的复数形式表示泛指的三十几岁。
9.This incident took place in the ________.
A. 1960 B. 1960s’ C. 1960s’s D. 1960s
六十年代写为1960s,或1960 ’s.
10.When he was _________ he had become a famous poet.
A.his early thirty B in his early thirty C.his early thirties D.in his early thirties
11..Over ______ of the money ________ used for the food.
A.two fifths,is B.two fifths,are C.two fifth ,is D.two fifth,are
.分数的分子用基数词，分母用序数词。当分子大于1时分母用复数，money是不可数名词。
12..The teacher praised her ______ before the class.
A. a second time B. the second time C.for a second D.twice time
13..He will be back in ______ .
A. one day or two B. one or two days
C. a day or two days D.one point five days
表示“一两天”用one or two days这一固定搭配
14.．He has been here for______.
A. two and a half months B.two and half a month
C. two and the half months D. two and a half month
= two months and a half
15. ______ cave that John discovered was near the river.
A. The hundredth B.The hundred C. Hundredth D.A hundred
16.Shortly after the accident ,two______policemen were sent to the spot to keep order.
A. dozen of B.dozens C. dozen D. dozens of
dozen做表示确指的量词时，前面用数词，dozen 用单数
17．　Two______died of cold last winter.
A. hundreds old people B.hundred old people
C.hundreds old peoples D.hundred old peoples
18. Mary was born ______.
A. on May the twelfth nineteen sixty-three
B.on May the twelveth nineteen sixty-three
C.in nineteen six-three May the twelfth
D.in nineteen sixty-three May the twelveth
19.0.26 is read as______.　　　　　　　　　　　A. zero point two six
B.zero point twenty six　　C.0 point twenty-six 　 D. 0 point two six
20.Each student was asked to wirte a ______ article
A. two thousand word B.two-thousand-word
C.two thousands words D.two –thousand-words
合成词作定语时，三个词要用连字符连接在一起，而且其中的名词用单数。
1-5 ACCCB 6-10 BCDDD 11-15 AABAA 16-20CBAAB
11 There are ___ days in a year.A. three hundreds sixty-five B. three hundreds and sixty-five
C. three hundred and sixty-five D. three hundred and sixty five2 There are____ students in this school.A. eight hundreds and forty-six B. eight hundred and forty six
C. eight hundred and forty-six D. eight hundred forty-six21.______people visit this museum every day.A. Hundred B. Hundreds C. Hundred of D. Hundreds of2.There are two___ people in the meeting room.A. hundred B. hundreds C. hundreds of D. hundred of3.Every year ___ watch NBA on TV.A. million people B. millions of peopleC. millions people D. million of people4.____ trees have been planted in our school in the past 10 years.A. Thousands of B. Two thousands C. Thousand of D. Two thousand of5.Look! There are ___ in the sky.A. thousand stars B. thousand of stars C. thousands of stars D. thousands of star3( ) 1 My brother is in____.A. Three Class, One Grade B. Class Three, Grade One C. Grade One, Class Three D. class three, grade one( )2 We are going to learn___ this term.A. book six B. six book C. the book six D. Book Six( ) 3 Please turn to___. Let's read the text aloud.A. Page Two . B. the page two C. second page D. page second4( ) 1 We can say the number 78, 645 in English like this____. A. seventy-eight thousand and six hundred and forty-five B. seventy-eight thousand six hundred and forty five C. seventy-eight thousand six hundred and forty-five D. seventy eight thousand six hundred and forty-five
( ) 2 "The year 1999" should be read "The year____".
A. nineteen and ninety-nine B. nineteen ninety-nine
C. one thousand nine hundred and ninety-nine D. nineteen hundred and ninety-nine5 ( ) 1 He will come here ____ tomorrow morning.A. at fifth B. at ten C. on two D. till tenth( ) 2 Every day he begins to do his homework ___.A. at ten past seven B. at seven pass ten C. on ten past seventh D. until ten( ) 3 He was doing some washing ____.A. at eight yesterday morning B. yesterday morning eightC. yesterday morning at eight D. by eight yesterday morning6( ) 1 He began to work there____.
A. on his fifty B. at age of fifty C. when he fifty D. in his fifties2 They moved to Beij ing _A. in 1980s B. in the 1980 ' C. in the 1980s D. on the 1980's3 We all like the boy.A. of ten years old B. ten-year-old C. at ten old D. of age of ten4.She was ___ her early twenties when she went abroad. A. at B. on C. of D: in7 ( ) 1 There are____ months in a year. December is the____month of the year.A. twelve; twelve B. twelve; twelfth C. twelfth; twelve D. twelve; twelveth( ) 2 During____ century, the world population has already reached 6 billion.A. twenty B. the twentieth C. twentieth / D. the twenty( ) 3 Sunday is the____ day of the week.A. seventh B. first C. second D. third( ) 4 Autumn is season in a year.A. the fourth B. the third C. a third D. the threeth( ) 5 Tom was to get to school and I was ______.A. first; ninth C. the first; the ninthB. a first; a ninth D. the second; the nineth8 1 -What's the date today?-Its___.A. Friday B. time to go C. cloudy D. June 4th2 Jenny was bornA. on July 10, 1987 B. in July 10, 1987 C. in 1987, July 10 D. on 1987, July 103 Monday is the second day, and_______. A. Tuesday is the fourth B. Thursday is the fifthC. the second is Tuesday D. the second is Thursday9 ( ) 1 About____ of the books in our school library are written in Chinese. A. four-fifth B. four-fifths C. fourth-fifths D. fourths-fifth( ) 2 ___ of the students are girls in our class.A. Two three B. Two threes C. Two thirds D. Second three( ) 3 ___ of the world's books and newspapers are written in English. A. Three quarters B. Three quarter C. Thirds four D. Threes fourth101 Tom is____ in the row.A. a second B. the second C. two D. second2 The girl wanted to sing____ song in English.A. the others B. a second C. other D. the second3 Now let me have____.A. the third try B. a third try C. third try D. this third try
1 . 1-2 c c? 2. 1-5 d a b a c 3. 1-3 b d a 　
4. 1- 2 c b 5. 1-3 b a a 6. 1-4 d c a d
7. 1-5 b b b b c 8. 1-3 d a b
9 .1-3 b c a 10. 1-5 b b b
情态动词
A computer can’t think for itself ,it must be told what to do.
计算机不能独立思考，必须有人告诉它做什么。
1.The fire spread through the hotel very quickly but everyone________ get out.
A.had to B.would C.could D.was able to
can表示“能力”时，许多场合可以和be able to互换，但当叙述过去经过一番努力才能完成的事情时，只能用was(were) able to，而不能用could。
而这道题中大火里逃生一定是“经过一番努力”的。
can的过去式是could。有时候我们用could表示请求，听起来更有礼貌，此时的could没有时态上的意义。比如：
我们可以说Can you pass me that dictionary?也可以说Could you pass me that dictionary?你能把那本字典递给我吗？后一句听下来更委婉，更客气。
客气一点当然好，不过有时候也要用can这个词。因为它还有其他的用法，我们来看：
2.Michael________ be a policeman,for he is much too short.
A.needn’t B.can’t C.should D.may
在疑问句和否定句中，can还可以表示推测。
有这道题里，说话人是根据后面的原因来猜测出前面的结论的，所以用can’t。
can表示猜测只能用在疑问句和否定句里，因为肯定句的猜测用may或must，我们后面会讲到。
对过去发生的事情的否定推测----can(could)not have+过去分词
不过还有一点你要注意，can’t是表示对现在事情的否定猜测，我们可以用“can(could)not have+过去分词”表示对对过去发生的事情的否定推测，请注意不要用couldn’t+动词原形。
比如：She can’t have gone to school.We have no class today.她不可能到学校去了，今天我们没课。
由后一句话的原因“没课”就可以推测出“她没去学校”，是对过去事情的否定推测，所 用了can’t have done的形式。
接下来我们学习另一个情态动词may。
may常常表示“请求，允许”。may 的过去式是might，和can/could的区别一样，我们也可以用might表示请求，语气更委婉。
用may提出请求时，比如我说May I use your dictionary?应该怎样回答吗？
在否定回答时，通常不能说No,you may not.而应该用Please don’t.或You’d better not.或No,you can’t.而No,you mustn’t.可以表示更强的否定语气。
----May I use your dictionary?
----Yes,you may.
Please don’t.
You’d better not.
用否定语回答我这句话：May I have a talk with her?
No,you mustn’t.She needs to have a good rest.
3.Peter_______ come with us tonight,but he isn’t very sure yet.
A.must B.can C.may D.will
在肯定句，may和might可以表示不是很有把握的推测，此时may和might没有时态上的差异，只表示可能性的大小，may表示的可能性比might大。
比如：Are you coming to Jeff’s party?你会来参加杰夫的聚会吗？
I’m not sure.I might go to the concert instead.我们由他的回答I’m not sure。就可以推断出他所想表达的意思是可能去聚会也可能去音乐会，所以用表示“可能性”的might.
也可以用may，表示去听音乐会的可能性更大。
他似乎很了解那个城市，他可能以前去过那里。
如果说He seems to know a lot about the city. He may be there before.就不完全正确，第二句话是表示对过去事情的猜测呀。应该用may have done的形式。和can表示推测时的用法一样。
应该是He seems to know a lot about the city. He may have been there before.
May our friendship be forever.愿我们的友谊天长地久。
另外，may还可以表示祝愿，比如上面这句。
下面我们继续学习must的用法吧。
4.----Must I take a bus?
----No, you _______.You can walk from here.
A. must not B. don’t C. don’t have to D. had
如果用must对“必要性”进行疑问，那么在否定回答时常常用needn’t或don’t have to 表示“不必”，而不能用mustn’t。
这道题就是用don’t have to 了，那什么时候用mustn’t呢？
must作“必须、一定要”解时，可用于肯定句和疑问句，但不能用于否定句。must not或nustn’t表示“禁止，不允许”。
You must not break the rules.你不能违反纪律。
must只有原形形式，如果要有一般现在时以外的其他时态中表达“必须、一定要”的意思，要用have to来代替。
must和have to的区别在于：
must 表示主观意志，而have to 表示职责和义务，强调客观因素作用的结果。
比如：I must go to see our teacher because she is ill.
I have to go to see our teacher because she asked me to.
就是这样，用must表示主观愿意，“必须”，而have to表示“不得不”，是客观造成的，主观上不是很情愿的事情。
5.I didn’t hear the phone.I_________ asleep.
A.must be B.must have been C.can be D.can have been
must可以用在肯定句中表示“推测”的含义。它的肯定程度比may或might大得多，一般译为“肯定”。
它和may表示推测的用法一样，must do是对现在的肯定推测，must have done是对过去事情的推测。
下面总结一下推测的用法吧。
肯定猜测用may do或者may have done,也可以用must do或者must have done,不过must 的可能性要大得多。否定猜测用can’t do或者can’t have done的形式。
6.________ I close the window for you?I’m afraid you’ll catch a cold.
A.Shall B.Must C.Will D.can
shall和will作为情态动词，可以表示“请求”“建议”。其中shall常用于第一人称，will常用于第二人称。
还有一点也很重要，当shall和will表示请求或建议引出问句时，它们的回答语要视具体情况而定。比如：Shall I tell John about it?我要把这个告诉约翰吗？不必了，我已经告诉他了。
No,you need’t .I’ve told him already.
再来一个：----Shall I carry the bag for you?
----Yes,please.
No,thank you.
比如用will提问的：Will you stay for lunch?
回答可以说：Sorry,I can’t.My brother is coming to see me.抱歉，不行。我的哥哥要来看我。
再如:----Will you stay for lunch?
----Sure.(All right.)
下面我们就学学would的用法吧。
7.When he was there,he_______ go to that coffee shop at the corner after work every day.
A.would B.should C.had better D.might
在这个句子里would表示“过去学堂常常……”。这种用法和used to比较相似。但又有不同。
would可以表示过去反复发生的动作，但并不说明这种动作现在是否还会了生，而used to 表示过去有规则的动作或习惯，且强调这种动作或习惯现在已不再发生。
也就是说刚才那道题如果有used to选项也是对的，只是表达的含义稍有不同。
再比如He used to smoke a lot.他过去抽烟很凶。暗指现在已不再这样了。
而When he was young he would smoke a lot.他年轻时，总是抽许多烟。意思是也许现在不抽了，也许现在还在抽。
8.Tom,you are so lazy!The work_______ hours ago.
A.should finish B.must have finished C.should have been finished D.might have finished
should和ought to都可以用来表示责备。“should(ought to)+have done”表示“过去应该做某事却没有做到”，含有责备或遗憾的意思。如果表示过去不应该做而实际上已经做了的动作，其结构是“shouldn’t/oughtn’t to+have done”。
这道题就是说Tom受到了批评，这项工作本应该在几个小时之前就完成的，所以是对过去的责备。
你昨晚不该看那么长时间的电视，你应该复习功课的。You shouldn’t have watched TV for so long last night.You should have gone over your lessons.
也可以用ought to代替should。
ought to—义务、按理推断
should—主观看法
ought to的语气比should更强。ought to强调“义务，按理推断”，而should强调个人的主观看法。
一个是主观，一个是义务，和must与have to 的用法类似。
我们应该保卫我们的国家。We ought to defend our country.
这“应该”表示公民应该尽的义务，应用ought to,就是说
小珍妮不敢独自去。Little Jane dared not go alone.
这里dared是作情态动词，dare作情态动词有原形和过去式dared 两种情况。我们把它转化成dare作实意动词的形式。
Little Jane didn’t dare to go alone.
9.I wonder how she _______ that to the teacher .
A. dare to say B. dare saying C. not dare say D. dared say
dare和need既可以作情态动词也可以作实意动词，因此用法上比较复杂，我们以这道题为例子分析一下吧。
D因为这个dare后面直接跟动词原形，它是情态动词。
这道题　里，dare作实意动词时，在疑问句和否定句里也可以省略to,
比如：She didn’t dare say that to the teacher.这句话也是正确的，虽然dare后面直接跟　了动词原形，但是由didn’t可知，dare这里不是实意动词。
dare作情态动词，通常用于疑问句和否定句中，但是它可以表示怀疑的名词性从句和条件状语从句的肯定句中
表示怀疑的名词性从句就是刚才那道题：
I wonder how she dared say that to the teacher.
If Tom dare enter the cave, we will follow him.如果汤姆敢进那个洞，我们就跟着他进去。
need作情态动词和实意动词的用法与dare 很相似，不过它还有其他的用法。
10.He _______ the meeing ,but he did.
A . needn’t have atented
B.didn’t need to attend
C. didn’t need attend
D. needn’t to have attended
A与B项都是好像都是正确的，不过我们来仔细分析这两句话的不同，he didn’t need to attend the meeting yesterday.?是说他昨天不必参加会议，隐含的意思是他没有参加。而he needn’t have attended the meeting yesterday.。是说他昨天本不必参加会议，隐含的意思是他参加会议了。
作为情态动词，“need+have+done”表示过去需要做某事，却没有做
　　　　　　　“need+not+have+done”表示过去没有必要做某事，却做了。
专项训练
Where is my pen? I _______ it .
A . might lose B. would have lost C. should have lost D. must have lost
2.Johny, you_______ play with the knife,you _______ hurt yourself.
A. won’t ,can’t B.musn’t , may C. shouldn’t must D.can’t , shouldn’t
3.It _______ be my brother in the room, I saw him off only ten minutes ago.
A. can B. may C. can’t D musn’t
4.Your cousin _______ be a policeman, for he’s much too short.
A. needn’t B. can’t C. shouldn’t D. may
5.Michael _______ come with us tonight , but he isn’t very sure yet.
A. must B. can C. may D. should
6.Would you like to stay for dinner with us today?
Sorry, but I have other plans, I _______ now .
must be leaving B. have to off C. can’t stay D. may have gone
7;.Please read more slowly so that I _______ take everything down.
can B. could C. have to D. should
8.Hurry up ! Jack _______ for us at the school gate .
A .msut wait B. must be waiting C. must be waited D. must have been waited
9.There was plenty of time She _______ .
A. mustn’t have hurried B. couldn’t have hurried C. must not hurry D. needn’t have hurried
10. Must I hand in my composition now ?
No ,you______________.
can’t B. mustn’t C. shouldn’t D. needn’t
11.How _______ that your father is lazy?
A. dare you to say B. dare you say C. dares you say D. dare to say
12.You _______ worry about him .He is no longer a child .
A. need not to B. don’t have to C. didn’t need D. needn’t have to
13.The boy must be in the classroom, _______ he ?
A. mustn’t B .needn’t C. hasn’t D. isn’t
14. Professor Lin, many students want to see you, _______ they wait here or outside?
A. Would B. Will C.Shall D. Must
15.There were already four people in the car but they managed to take me as well, It _______ a comfortable journey.
A.can’t be B. sholdn’t be C. mustn’t have been D. couldn’t have been.
keys: 1-10DBCCB AACDA keys: DBCBC AABDD BBDCD
He is a most learned man, Johnson_______ ask him for the key to puzzle.
had to B .need to C. may D. is able to
Hearning the bell ringing, he got up_______.
early B. soon C. quickly D.earlier
The sentence needs _______。
A to improve B. being improved c. improving d. improved
4. On the wall________ two large portraits.
A.hangs B.hang C.hanged D.hanging
5. ----Could I borrow your dictionary?
----Yes,of course you_______.
A.might B.will C.can D.should
6. She graduated from__________ Nanjing University in 1988 and has been working as________ engineer.
A./,an B.an,an C.the,an D./,/
7. A computer________ think for itself;it must be told what to do.
A.can’t B.couldn’t C.may not D.might not
8. We were_______ by his speech.
A.deep moving B.deep moved C.deeply moving D.deeply moved
9. Do you often listen to________ radio of watch________TV?
A.the,the B./,the C./,/ D.the,/
10. please keep quiet________ others are talking.
A.as B.after C.that D.while
11. ----Shall I tell your brother about it?
----No,you______.I’ve told him already.
A.needn’t B.wouldn’t C.mustn’t D.shouldn’t
12. Can ;you tell me the reason for_________ you didn’t come the day before yesterday?
A.why B.how C.which D.what
13. How__________ can you finish the drawing?
A.often B.soon C.long D.rapid
14. Xiao Ying knows________ England is_______European country.
A.an,an B.a,a C./,an D./,a
15. ----It’s very cold here.
----Yes,it is.You see it’s really about__________ on the mountain than in the valley.
A.three degrees colder B.three degrees as cold
C.three degree colder D.as cold three degrees
16. You should not tell_________ lie. You should tell_________ truth.
A.the,the B.a,the C./,the D.the,a
17. ________ we can’t get seems better than_______ we have.
A.What,what B.What,that C.That,that D.That,what
18. So absorbed_____________ the work that she often forgot to take her meals.
A.she had been in B.had she been in C.she was in D.was she in
19. He________always_________down upon
A.is,looked B.was looking C.has looked D.was ,looked
20. ----I’ll tell Mary about her new job.
----You__________her last week.
A.ought to tell B.must tell C.would have told D.should have told
1.----Are you going to the theatre tonight?
----Yes.By then I________my work.
A.finished B.will finish C.will have finished D.finish
2. Long long ago there______an old poor fisherman with his cruel wife.
A.is B.lived C.had D.lay
3. _________, Mary is still as strong as you.
A.As old she is B.Old as she is C.As she is old D.But she is old
4. The dustmen wanted to make it clear to the public________ they did an important job.
A.when B.where C.that D.which
5. Your letter_________.
A.have received B.has received C.has been received D.have been received
6. It was not until 1920_________ regular radio broadcasts began.
A.while B.when C.that D.since
7. We go to________town four times_________month.
A.the,a B./,a C./,/ D./,the
8. You should be polite to________.
A.older B.elder C.the elder D.the old
9. ----Where have you been?
----I______to the library.
A.have gone B.have went C.am going D.have been
10. John said that he did not do___________written work.
A.many B.so C.a great deal D.much
11. Shall we go skating or stay at home? Which_________do yourself?
A.do your rather B.would you rather C.will you rather D.should you rather
12. Everybody can see clealy________he teally asks for isn’t money.
A.that B.what that C.that what D.whether
13. Mother was worried because little Alice was ill, especially_________Father was away in France.
A.as B.that C.during D.if
14. What is the way thought of _______it well?
A.doing B.to do C.being done D.to be done
15. ----How long_______each other before they__________married?
----For about a year.
A.have they known,get B.did they know,were going to get
C.do they know.are going to get D.had they known,got
16. ----Could you find an answer to your problem in the book I gave you?
----I looked at it ,but it wasn’t really________.
A.much used B.able to use C.of useful D.of much use
17. People went up the hill and into the forest, ________the lost children.
A.to look for B.looking for C.to look after D.looking after
18. That was_________meal I had ever had.
A.the most satisfying B.the best satisfying C.the most satisfied D.the best satisfied
19. Gold is ________most valuable of all metals.
A.the much B.very C.the by far D.by far the
20. Alice received an invitation from her boss,________came as a surprise.
A.it B.that C.which D.he
综合练习三
1. You’d rather be here early,_________?
A.hadn’t you B.shouldn’t you C.wouldn’t you D.didn’t you
2. If we had followed his plan, we could have done the job better with _______maney and ________people.
A.less,less B.fewer ,fewer C.less,fewer D.fewer ,less
3. You______make a decision now.Otherwise it will be too late.
A.had rather B.would rather C.had better D.would better
句子
按使用的目的可分为陈述句、疑问句、祈使句和感叹句，每一种都有许多东西要掌握。
1.________ off the bus until it has stopped.
A.Not to get B.Not get C.Don’ t get D.Not getting
这句话是省略了you,不过有时为了加强语气，主语you可以不省略。表示否定时，you放在Don’t之后。比如：
You two read the dialogue ,please.请你们读一下这个对话。
Don’t you be late again!你可别再迟到了。
也就是说只有表示强调时才会出现言语you。
另外一种表示强调的方法就是在谓语动词之前加do，可以加强祈使句的语气。比如：
Be careful.小心。我们加强口气的时候就可以说Do be careful.一定要小心啊。
祈使句还有另外一种结构，你看这句话：
let+人称代词+动词原形
Let’s not waste our time arguing about the problem.
祈使句中的谓语动词用原形的形式，变成否定时在原形动词前加Don’t.
其中人称代词要用第一或第三人称的宾格。这种结构的否定形式是在动词原形前加not.
和它对应的反意疑问句非常重要。
在一般的反意疑问句中，如果陈述部分用肯定形式，提问部分就用否定形式。反之亦然。
下面我们就来看看以let开头的祈使句，它的反意疑问句有什么特别吧。
2.Let us have a talk,_________ ?
A.will you B.shall we C.won’t you D.wouldn’t you
做对这类题的关键是你要知道let’s和let us有什么区别。
在Let’s引导的反意疑问句中，前半句表肯定时用shall we反问；前半句表否定时，用all right或ok反问；而在Let us引导的反意疑问句中，一般用will you来反问。
let’s是包含了谈话对方在内的，而let us不包含对方。
比如你和你的同学去找老师，说你们要去公园，如果你说Let’s go to the park this afternoon.就是邀请老师和你们一起去，包含了说话对象老师在内的。
可是如果你说Let us go to the park this aftnoon.就是要老师批准你和同学们去，不包含老师在内。
那这和反意疑问句有什么关系呢？下面我们一起来看一看。
由于let’s包含了说话对象，所以在let’s引导的反意疑问句中，前半句表肯定时，用shall we反问；前半句表否定时用all right或者ok反问。
而在let us引导的反意疑问句中，不包含说话对象，所以一般用will you 来反问。
3.Let us have a talk,________ ?
A.will you B.shall we C.won’t you D.wouldn’t you
Let’s go on with our class,shall we?
4.When the teacher speaks,we have to keep quiet,_________?
A.don’t we B.mustn’t we C.haven’t we D.doesn’t he
如果前半句是一个复合句，反问时是根据主句提问，也就是针对have to 提问了。
如果陈述部分有实意动词have,那么反意疑问部分的助动词通常要用do的某种对应形式。但它如果作“有”解，则也可以用have的对应形式。
这里的have to 是“不得不”的意思，不是“有”的意思，那就用don’t we?
如果have是“有”的意思，就可以用do的形式表示反问了。
比如you have a sister and a brother这句话，你就可以说haven’t you，也可以说don’t you.
5.He seldom came here,_________?
A.didn’t he B.does he C.doesn’t he D.did he
含有seldom,hardly,few,littlee,never,rarely等词的句了，都视为否定句，反问时用肯定形式。
比如：她从不说谎，是吗？She never tells a lie,does she?
在表示“请求”的肯定祈使句之后，用will you构成反意疑问句；询问对方意愿时，用won’t you;在表示“请求”的否定祈使句之后，用will you构成反意疑问句。
6.----Pass me the dictionary,_________?
----Yes,with pleasure.
A.would you B.will you C.won’t you D.wouldn’t you
这道题里的句子显然是肯定祈使句，“请递给我那本字典”，是还未“请求”的祈使句，所以应该用“will you? ”
下面再讲一个表示“邀请”的句子，have a cup of coffee “喝杯咖啡吧”，在这种情况下就要用“ won’t you? ”
Have a cup of coffee, won’t you?喝杯咖啡吧，好吗？
Don’t smoke in th reading room, will you?还要在阅览室吸烟，好吗？
下面，我来说陈述句，你来说反意问句，然后再翻译。
Let us have some ice cream…
是let us 而不是let’s,那反意问句应该用will you,意思是“让我们吃些冰淇淋，行吗？”
I have never had any liking for dogs…
这个句子是说“我从不喜欢狗，对吧？”这里有否定词never,还有,have虽然不当“有”讲，不过它是助动词，所以用have I?
7.Don’t open the window, will you?
Everything is in order,_______?
A.doesn’t it B.don’t they C.isn’t it D.aren’t they
在表示事物的否定代词nothing和everything在陈述部分中作主语时，反意疑问句中的代词用it。表示人的不定代词nobody,no one,anybody,anyone,everybody,everyone等作主语时，常用they作主语。
比如：Everyone hopes to succeed in life,don’t they?每个人都想获得成功，是吧？
8.Nothing can stop me from lerning English ,can it?
I suppose he ought to have known that,_______?
A.did I B.shall I C.ought he D.oughtn’t he
如果陈述部分的主语是I或we,谓语是think,suppose,imagine,反意疑问句要针对宾语从句的主语和谓语提问。但如果主语是其他人称，反意疑问句仍然要针对语句的主语和谓语提问。
这道题显然是针对宾语从句的主谓语提问了，是oughtn’t he了。ought to中的to 就被省略了。
再比如：Mary thought that would be a teacher,didn’t she?因为主语是第三人称Mary。所以要针对主句提问。
再比如：I don’t suppose he is serious.我猜他不会认真的。这句话中的陈述部分的I don’t suppose其实是从句里的否定词not 前移的情况，仍表示从句的否定意义，所以反意疑问句应该是肯定形式。
9.There used to be a temple here,_______?
A.didn’t there B.did there C.used there D.was there
used to 是表示“过去常常”的意思，有三个选项用的是肯定的反意疑问句，那A一定是正确的。
要记住当陈述部分有used to的时候，反意疑问句用didn’t
人们过去认为地球是平的，对吗？
10.People used to think that the earth was flat,didn’t they?
__________ food you’ve cooked!
A.How a nice B.What a nice C.How nice D.What nice
下面我讲讲既有名词又有形容词的感叹句。
what的结构是“what+(a/an)+形容词+名词+主谓”，而用how的结构是“how+形容词+主谓”。
那这道题后面有you’ve cooked主谓结构，前面还有个名词food，就一定有what引导了。
这就是我们强调what修饰名词的原因，名词即使出现在how结构的句子里也是作主语的，比如这句话我们也可以说How nice the food is!
多好的天气啊!
What a nice day it is!
How nice the day is!
还有，当表达强烈感情时，感叹句中的主语和谓语可以省略。比如：
What a pity!多可惜啊!就是What a pity it is!的省略。
How wonderful!棒极了!就是How wonderfull it is!的省略。
如果根据结构分类，句子还可以分为简单句，并列句，复合句三种，下面我们先来说说并列句吧。
并列句是用并列连词或分号来连接的多个句子，句子之间没有主要与次要之分。and是并列句中最常见的连词。
如：I did not answer,and kept silent too.我没回答，他也保持沉默。
and连接的两个句子是对等关系。
11.______ it with me and I’ll see what I can do.
A.When left B.Leaving C.If you leave D.Leave
and 可以表示顺接，用在“祈使句，and…”或“名词短语，+and…”的句型中，前面的祈使句或名词相当于if引导的条件句。
比如：
Study hard,and you will succeed. 就是祈使句+and的结构，它的意思是“如果你努力学习，你就会成功”=If you study hard,you will succeed.
Leave it with me and I’ll see what I can do.=If you leave it with me,I’ll see what I can do.
下面是名词+and的结构
比如：One more effort,and you will succeed.再努力一些，你就会成功。
这里用到了名词one more effort.
另外，连词or有时也可以取代and，有在祈使句+or的句子中，不过它的意思是“否则”。
Study hard,or you will fail.意思是努力学习，否则你会失败。
下面我们就看一看其他连接并列句的并列连词，
比如“not only…but also…”可以用来表示递进关系。它的意思是“不但…而且…”
He not only wroto to me last week but also came to see me yesterday.
他上周不但写信给我，而且昨天还来看了我。
其他常见的并列句连词还有表示转折关系的but(但是)和while(而)；
表示选择关系的是or(或、要不然)等等。
while不但表示“当…时候”，也可以表示转折，比如：
Tom wants to play tennis,while I’d rather read.汤姆想去打网球，但我却宁愿看书。
连词和句子的用法不容轻视，我们以后还要接触好多从句的用法，这还是个开头。
1, The bicycle is expensive,_________ I still want to buy it.
A.but B.and C.or D.so
2, ________ to see each other!
A.How happy the children are B.What happy the children are
C.How happy are the children D.How the children are happy
3, I have never had any liking for dogs,_________?
A.have I B.haven’t I C.do I D.don’t I
4, You couldn’t understand a word,________?
A.wouldn’t you B.couldn’t you C.could you D.would you
5, The boy hardly ever writes his article in French,________ ?
A.doesn’t he B.does he C.can’t he D.can he
6, Nothing can stop us,_______ ?
A.can’t it B.can it C.can’t we D.can we
7, Mary likes to go shopping,_____ Jane insists on staying at home.
A.while B.when C.as D.instead of
8, ________ from Beijing to New york!
A.What a long way is it B.How far is it C.It is long way D.What a long way it is
9, It’s a fine day.Let’s go fishing,_________ ?
A.won’t we B.will we C.don’t we D.shall we
10, When the teacher speaks,we have to keep quiet,________ ?
A.don’t we B.mustn’t we C.haven’t we D.doesn’t we
11, _________ waste our time ___________ about the problem,shall we?
A.Don’t let us;to argue B.Let’s not;arguing C.Don’t let us;arguing D.Let’s not;to argue
12, ______ great success Jane was in the play!
A.How a B.What a C.How D.What
13. I suppose that you are wrong,________ ?
A.don’t I B.aren’t you C.are you D.do I
14, Be sure to write to us,________ ?
A.will you B.aren’t you C.can you D.mustn’t you
15, ________ it with me and I’ll see what I can do.
A.When left B.Leaving C.If you leave D.Leave
讲解部分答案：1-5 CAAAD 6-10 BCDAD 11D
1，A
2，A
3，A
4，C对。用could作助动词提问反意疑问句。A错。陈述句是否定的，反意疑问句要用肯定的，陈述句中有could就用could提问。
5，B对。句子有否定词hardly，所以反意疑问句要用肯定的。
6，B对。要用肯定形式，且用it代替nothing.
7，A对。两者进行比较，作“然而”讲。
8，D对。What+a/an+adj.+n.+主谓。
9，D对。当句子是由let’s开头的，其反意疑问句用shall we。
10，A对。句中have to结构要用do作助动词提问。
11，B对。let’s do的否定式是let’s not do，waste后面常跟waste time doing sth.结构表示浪费时间做某事。
12，B对。What+a+adj.+名词!
13，B对。如果陈述句的主语是I或者we，谓语是think，suppose，imagine，反问句和宾语从句的主语谓语一致。
14，A对。肯定祈使句之后，表示“请求”，用will you 。
15，D对。祈使句加and…相当于引导的条件状语从句。
主谓一致
1.当and连接的两个名词前只有一个冠词时，指同一人或同一物，谓语动词用单数。
A journalist and author___ asked to make a speech at the meeting.
A.is B.was C.are D.were
这不是指两个人，当and连接的两个名词前只有一个冠词时，指同一人或同一物，也就是说这个人既是记者也是作家，所以谓语动词用单数。
如：A red and white flower is on the table.一朵红白相间的花放在桌上。
这种情况谓语动词用单数，这就是我们经常提到的主谓一致了。
除了这点外，还有一种用and连接的并列结构谓语要有单数，就是遇到一些固定短语时，他们通常表示合为一体或不可分的东西。如：bread and butter(黄油面包)，a cart and horse(马车)，此时谓语动词也要用单数。
如：黄油面包很好吃。Bread and butter is very delicious.
2.Each man and each woman______ invited.
A.has B.have C.is D.are
这个地方each man and each woman不属于固定短语，应该用复数谓语。
当and连接的两个名词前有each,every,many,a,no…等修饰语时，谓语动词要用单数。
再比如：No boy and girl is in the classroom now.男孩和女孩都不在教室中了。也是这种情况。
3.Not only I but also Jane and Mary__________ tired of having one examination after another.
A.is B.are C.am D.be
这道题的关键可是谓语动词用单数还是用复数。
当or,either…or…,neither…nor…,not noly…but(also)…连接主语时，谓语动词的人称和数与邻近的主语保持一致。
这道题中邻近的主语就是Jane and Mary
比如：Either you or she is to go.或者你去，或者她去。
由于谓语是由比较近的主语she决定的，所以用is.
另外当there be句型的主语是一系列事物时，谓语也应该与邻近的主语保持一致。
比如：There is a pen, a knife and several books on the desk.桌子上有一支笔，一把刀和几本书。
虽然桌子上有很多东西，不过由于a pen这个单数名词接近谓语，所以就用is.
4.The teacher together with some students__________ visting the factory.
A.is B.are C.will D.has
主语后面有with, together with, along with等词连接的短语时，谓语动词要和前面的主语一致。
也就是说这些成分只起到补充说明的作用，判断谓语单复数时就可以忽略不计了。
类似这样的连词，介词和短语还应该有like, except, besides, as well as, including, but,
no less than, rather than.比如：Nobody but John and Helen was absent.
除了约翰和海伦外，都出席了。
所以并列结构作主语，谓语也不是简单的用复数。但只要记住包含and的情况，就近原则和刚才这些忽略不计的成分，也就不难了。
下面我们再学习一下单个名词作主语的情况吧。
5.The police__________ the murderer everywhere when he suddenly appeared in a theater.
A.was searching for B.were searching for C.was searching D.were searching
集合名词people,police,cattle,public,youth,等作主语时，谓语都用复数形式。
比如：
年轻人喜欢流行歌曲。The youth like pop singers.
人类正在和污染做斗争。Man is struggling against pollution.
这个地方不是让你上当，只是要提醒你，mankind, humanity, man作主语时，谓语动词一般用单数。
6.This pair of trousers__________ my sister.
A.is belong to B.are belong to C.belong to D.belongs to
clothes, trousers, shoes, glasses, goods, scissors这类词有复数意义，谓语也要用复数；但是如果有a pair of 或者a kind of修饰时，谓语用单数。
这道题中pair是单数形式，所以选D.
比如：找不到眼镜的时候要说“Where are my glasses? ”
而如果说“Where is my glass?”那就是找不到玻璃杯了。
也不能完全从单词的形式上看，一些学科名词，如：physics,maths,economics等。以及news,means,politics,plastics等，虽然以s结尾，但却表示单数意义，此时谓语动词也要有单数形式。
7.Writing stories and articles__________ what I enjoy most.
A.is B.have been C.was D.were
动名词、不定式、从句作主语时，谓语动词一般用单数。
下面我们用不定式作主语说个句子吧。What you should do now is to study hard.
8.Thirty miles________ a long way to walk in a day.
A.are B.be C.is D.was
表示金钱、时间、数值、距离、重量的名词作主语时，通常把这些名词看作一个整体，谓语一般用单数。
但是这个句子，说:Years have gone by. go by 是“走过，过去”的意思，可用了复数谓语呀。
表示“时间的过去”或“时间与金钱的花费”与pass,go by,waste,spend等动词连用时，谓语就用复数形式。
比如：Three hours have been spent in learning English.我已经花了三个小时学英语了。
9.Everyone,here,including children and old people,______ in for sports.
A.go B.going C.to go D.goes
不过这次是讲前面的主语everyone的，every,any,some,no构成的复合代词作主语时，谓语动词常用单数形式.比如：someone is knocking at the door.有人在敲门。
现在我就把前面这些给你总结一下，我们讲过的用单数的情况，有不定式，动名词，从句，有表示时间，距离意义的词，有each,every,no等修饰的主语，还有不定代词。
而用复数谓语的情况不多，有形式和意义上都是复数，象clothes那样的词，还有集合名词等。
可是有些时候并不是主语形式直接决定谓语，我们还常常会碰到动词的单复数取决于主语的意思。比如下面这道题。
10.Three-fourths of the surface of the earth__________ sea.
A.is B.are C.were D.has been
对，在“分数或百分数+of+名词”结构中，如果后面的名词是不可数名词或单数可数名词时，谓语动词用单数；如果后面的名词是复数名词时，谓语动词用复数。
这句话里的surface可是不可数名词呀，那就用单数的is了。用复数的比如：
Eighty percent of the people are against the plan.百分之八十的人都不同意这项计划。
像这种谓语既有可能是单数，也可能是复数的情况还有很多，我们再看一个。
11.More than one________ made such a mistake.
A.student have B.student has C.students have D.students has
“more than one+单数名词”作主语时，谓语动词用单数形式；“more than twe/three…+复数名词”作主语时，谓语动词用复数形式。
more than虽然是表示“超过”“多于”，但是这道题是more than one，那就要接单数名词，用单数谓语了。
你再对比看下面两句话印象就深刻了。
More than one boy has been there.已经不止一个男孩去过那儿了。
More than two boys have been there.已经有两个以上的男孩去过那儿了。
其实也就是取决于主语的名词，单数名词谓语用单数形式，复数名词谓语就用复数形式。
12.The rich_________ not always happy.
A.are B.is C.has D.have
“the+形容词”作主语表示一类人时，谓语动词用复数；表示一类物时，谓语动词用单数。
定冠词加形容词表示一类人的意思：既可以表示一类人也可以表示一类事物，the rich表示“富人”所以用are,
表示事物 的“The beautiful is loved by all.美好的事物人人都喜欢。
13.His family _______ very big and all of his family _______music.
are , love B. are , loves C. is ,love D. is ,loves
这类题要根据它所表示的具体含义来判断，遇到的时候好好分析一下就好了。
family, audience ,crew ,crowd , class ,company, committee.等集合名词作主语时，谓语的数由主语的意思来决定，表示整个集体时用单数，表示集体中各个成员时用复数。
14.Most of them _______ young men.
is B. are C. has been D. had been .
代词what,which,who,none,some,any,more,most,all,rest等词作主语时，谓语动词的单复数由这些代词指代的名词来决定。
因为这道题中的most of them和young men都表示复数意思，所以应用are.
比如：Most of the wood was used to make futniture.大多数的要材都用来做家具了。most of 后面接了不可数名词wood，于是谓语就用单数了。
也不完全是看most of后面的词。比如all就可以直接作主语，后面不一定要有词，那就要看它具体指代的意义了。
比如：All are present and all is going on well.大家都出席了，一切顺利。
第一个all指代所有的人，所以谓语用复数，第二个all指代事物，是说一切很顺利，所以谓语动词用单数。
15.My brother is the only one of the students who_________ chosen to join the air force.
A.is B.are C.were D.was
“one of+the+最高级+名词(复数)+定语从句”结构中，one前面如果有the或the only修饰时，定语从句中的谓语用单数，否则用复数。
也就是说one前面有the或the only的时候，后面的定语从句修饰的是the one或者the only，所以用单数；否则，它就是修饰of后面的复数名词，所以用复数。
比如：他是从不迟到的学生之一。He is one of the students who are never late for class.
他是唯一的从不迟到的学生。He is the only one of the students who is never late for class.
1,Bread and butter_________ a daily food in the west.
A.is B.are C.was D.were
2,The manager or this secretary_________ to give you an interview.
A.is B.are C.were D.have
3,Mary is one of the girls who_______ often late for school.
A.is B.are C.comes D.get
4,Mathematics________ the language of science.
A.is B.are C.are going to be D.is about to be
5,More than one answer________ to the question.
A.have been given B.has been given C.were given D.had given
6,All but one person_______ here just now.
A.is B.was C.have been D.were
7,Not noly I but also Jane and Mary_______ tired of having one examination after another.
A.is B.are C.am D.be
8,A library with five thousand books________ to the nation as a gift.
A.is offered B.has offered C.are offered D.have offered.
9,Three-fourths of the surface of the earth_____ sea.
A.is B.are C.were D.has been
10,Only one of these places_________.
A.worth visting B.is worth being visited C.is worth visiting D.are worth visiting
11,Two hours_________ not long enough for this test.
A.is B.are C.has D.have
12,The police________ a prisoner.
A.is searching for B.are searching for C.is searched for D.are searched for
13,Nobody but Jane and Mary _______ the secret.
A.know B.knows C.have known D.in known
14,The students each________ a dictionary now.
A.has B,have C.has got D.had got
15,Many a child _______ lost their parents.
A.has B.have C.is D.are
答案：
讲解：1-5ACBAB 6-10 DACDA 11-15 BACBA
练习：AABAB DBAAC ABBBA
1,A对。bread and butter译为“面包加黄油”，看作一个整体，所以谓语用单数。
2,A对。当or连接两个主语时，谓语动词的人称和数与邻近的主语保持一致。
C错。应该用现在时，单数谓语。
3，B对。“one of+复数名词+定语从句”句型中，如果one前无定语，从句谓语用复数。如果one前有the only,则谓语用单数。
4，A对。以s结尾的词不都是复数形式，Mathematics是单数名词，所以谓语用单数。
B错。Mathematics是以s 结尾的词，不是复数形式，所以谓语用单数。
5，B对。“more than one+单数名词”作主语时，谓语动词用单数形式。
6，D对。all作主语时，谓语动词的单复数由指代的名词来决定，句中all代替the other people，所以谓语用复数。
7，B对。根据就近原则，谓语要和but also后的人称Jane and Mary保持一致，所以用复数形式。
8，A对。主语是a library，所以谓语动词用单数。
9，A
10，C对。有only修饰，所以主语是one，谓语用单数。
B错。worth后的动名词不用被动语态。
11，A对。当时间、距离、金钱作主语时，谓语用单数。C错，应该用be动词作谓语。
12，B对。the police是集合名词，为复数。
13，B对。这里的动词形式应取决于主语nobody，所以应该用knows.
14, B对。each用在主语后时，谓语动词用复数形式。
15，A对。“many a+名词复数”，虽然意义属多数，但谓语与主语须一致，也用单数。
主谓一致 专项训练之二
1.Nobody but Jane ____ the secret.
A.know　　　　 B.knows　　　　　 C.have known　　　 D.is known　　　　　　　　　　　　
2.All but one _____ here just now.
A.is　　　　　 B.was　　　　　　 C.has been　　　　 D.were　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
3.Not only I but also Jane and Mary ____ tired of having one examination after another.
A.is　　　　　 B.are　　　　　　 C.am　　　　　　　　 D.be　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
4.A library with five thousnd books _______ to the nation as a gift.
A.is offered　 B.have offered　 C.are offered　　　 D.has offered　　　　　　　　　　　
5.When and where to build the new factory _____ yet.
A.is not decided　　　　　　　　 B.are not decided
C.has not decided　　　 　　　　D.have not decided　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
6.The number of people invited ______ fifty, but a number of them ____ absent for different reasons.
A.were , was　 B.was , was　　　 C.was , were　　　　 D.were , were　　　　　　　　　　　
7._____ of the land in that district _____ covered with trees and grass.
A.Two fifth , is　　　　　　　　 B.Two fifth , are
C.Two fifths , is　　　　　　　　 D.Two fifths , are　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
8.This is one of the most interesting questions that ____ asked.
A.have　　　　 B.has　　　　　　 C.have been　　　　　　 D.has been　　　　　　　
9.Between then two rows of trees _____ the teaching building.
A.stand　　　 B.stands　　　　 C.standing　　　　 　　D.are
10.All that can be done______.
A.has been done　　　　　　　　 B.has done
C.have done　　　　　　　　　　 D.were done
11.They each _____ a new dictionary.
A.has　　　　　 B.have　　　　　 C.is　　　　　　　　　　 D.are
12.The singer and the dancer ______ come to the meeting.
A.has　　　　　 B.have　　　　　 C.are　　　　　　　　　 D.is
13.I have finished a large part of the book ; the rest _____more difficult.
A.is　　　　　 B.are　　　　　 C.was　　　　　　　　　 D.were
14.The wounded _______ by the hospital.
A.have been taken in　　　　　　 C.has been taken in
C.have taken in　　　　　　　　 D.has taken in
　
主谓一致 专项训练之二
KEYS: 1-5 BDBAA　　 6-10 CCCBA　　 11-14 BBAA
主谓一致语法专项训练之三
1. Neither he nor I ___ for the plan.
a. were b. is c. are d. am
2. My family as well as I ___ glad to see you.
a. was b. is c. are d. am
3. My father, together with some of his old friends, ___ there already.
a. will be b. had been c. has been d. have been
4. There are two roads and either ___ to the station.
a. is leading b. are leading c. lead d. leads
5. Nine plus three ___ twelve.
a. are making b. is making c. make d. makes
6. Twenty miles ___ a long way to cover.
a. seem to be b. is c. are d. were
7. Very few ___ his address in the town.
a. has known b. are knowing c. know d. knows
8. When and where this took place ___ still unknown.
a. has b. is c. were d. are
9. I know that all ___ getting on well with her.
a. were b. are c. is d. was
10. The rest of the novel ___ very interesting.
a. seem b. is c. are d. were
11. Our family ___ a happy one.
a. are b. was c. are d. is
12. The boy sitting by the window is the only one of the students who ___ from the countryside in our school.
a. was b. were c. is d. are
13. More than one answer ___ to the question.
a. had given b. were given c. has been given d. have been given
14. The students in our school each ___ an English dictionary.
a. are having b. had c. has d. have
15. The pair of shoes ___ worn out.
a. had been b. have been c. were d. was
16. A professor and a writer ___ present at the meeting.
a. had been b. were c. is d. was
17. Those who ___ singing may join us.
a. is fond of b. enjoy c. likes d. are liking
18. There ___ a knife and fork on the table.
a. are b. is seeming to be c. seem to be d. seems to be
19. Over 80 percent of the population ___ workers.
a. will be b. are c. is d. was
20. The whole class ___ greatly moved at his words.
a. is b. had c. were d. was
专训之三、KEYS 1-10 DCCDD BCBCB 11-20 DCCDD BBDBC
英语语法专项训练之四 主谓一致
1
( ) 1 -Have you got some water to drink?
-Here you are. There___ still some in the bottle.
A. are B. were C. is D. was
( ) 2 _____ there many American friends in the school last Friday?
A. Is B. Was C. Are D. Were
( ) 3 There ____ a great many accidents last year.
A. were B. are C. is D. was
( ) 4 -How many children ____ in the picture?
-Three.
A. has there B. is there C. have there D. are there
2
( ) 1 In 1850, about a third of U. S. A___ covered by forests.
A. were B. has been C. / D. was
( ) 2 Most of our earth____ covered by water.
A. are B. is C. was D. were
( ) 3 Sunday ____ the first day of the week.
A. is B. are C. am D. be
( ) 4 Neither___right.
A. answers are B. answers aren't C. answer is D. answer isn't
3
( ) 1 The population of the world ____ still ____ now.
A. has; grown B. will; grow C. is; growing D. is grown
( ) 2 There ____ many people running in the park every morning.
A. is B. were C. are D. have
( ) 3 These police often___the children across the street.
A. help B. helps C. helping D. is helping
4
( ) 1 ___ going to England by air next week.
A. The Green family are B. The Greens family are
C. The Green's family are D. Green family are
( ) 2 The whole family ____ enjoying the beautiful music now.
A. is all B. all is C. all are D. are all
( ) 3 Our class ___ big.
A. is B. are C. were D. will
5
( ) 1 Neither he nor I ____ from Canada. We are from Australia.
A. is B. are C. am D. be
( ) 2 Either you or he ____ right.
A. are B. is C. does D. were
( ) 3 Neither Mary nor her brother____ good at singing.
A. is B. are C. is not D. are not
( ) 4 Not only Tom but also Alice and Mary ____ busy.
A. is B. was C. are D. has
6
( ) 1 Physics ___ interesting to us.
A. are B. has C. is D. were
( ) 2 The news____ exciting. We got excited at it.
A. is B. was C. were D. are
( ) 3 Though mathematics____ hard, we all work at it hard.
A. are B. were C. was D. is
参考答案：
1. 1-4 C D A D
2. 1-4 D B A C
3. 1-3 C C A
4. 1-3 A D A
5. 1-4 C B A C
6. 1-3 C B D
单复数同形
一架飞机 aircraft
两个人 Japanese ,Chinese
三只动物 fish, sheep ,deer
四个“S”means , works ,series, species
语法：一个句子里只有一个谓语（动词）
He is reading a book.（reading a book分词短语可作宾语）
He can read 这里can 后面跟不带to的不定式、（老师会千方百计强调这句话）
He have read the book.过去分词表示被动、完成
跟不带to 的动词不定式有以下几类：
使役动词: have ,let ,make
感官动词　四看一听：look at ,see , notice ,observe .hear ,
情态动词 can ,may ,must
why not ,need
would you please
had better
help do sth.或者help sb to do sth eg: Can you help (to) open the door.